all | frequencies |
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 3.63 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Users Manual | Users Manual | 1.67 MiB | April 06 2004 | |||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | December 11 2004 | ||||||
1 2 3 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 | ID Label/Location Info | December 11 2004 | ||||||
1 2 3 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 3 | Internal Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | April 06 2004 | ||||||
1 2 3 | ID Label/Location Info | April 06 2004 | ||||||
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | April 06 2004 | ||||||
1 2 3 | Test Setup Photos | April 06 2004 |
1 2 3 | User Manual | Users Manual | 3.63 MiB |
left page (1) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:56) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Safety precautions ......................3 Antenna care ............................5 Phone operation .......................5 Electronic devices .....................6 Overview of phone
(schematic) .................................9 Display symbols ........................11 Getting started .........................13 Insert SIM card/battery ............13 Charge battery ........................14 Changing CLIPIt covers .........15 Switch on/off, PIN entry ............16 Entering the PIN .....................16 Emergency number (SOS) .......16 General instructions .................17 Standby mode ........................17 Signal strength .......................17 Digital Rights Mgmt. (DRM) .....17 Main menu .............................17 Standard functions ...................19 Highlighting mode ..................20 Menu speed dialling ...............20 Security .....................................21 Codes .....................................21 Preventing accidental activation ...............................22 Text entry .................................23 My phone ..................................27 Calling .......................................28 Default book .............................33 Table of Contents 1 Address book ............................ 34 New entry .............................. 34 Change entry ......................... 36 Call entry ............................... 36 Groups ................................... 37 Phonebook ............................... 38 New entry .............................. 38 Call (search for an entry) ........ 39 Change entry ......................... 39
<Special books> ..................... 40 Call records .............................. 41 Time/charges ............................ 42 Camera ..................................... 43 Main Inbox ............................... 45 SMS .......................................... 46 Write/send ............................. 46 Read ...................................... 48 Setting ................................... 50 MMS ......................................... 52 Create .................................... 52 Templates .............................. 54 Send ...................................... 55 Receive .................................. 56 Read ...................................... 57 Setting ................................... 58 Voice message/mailbox ........... 60 Start menu ............................. 61 Login ..................................... 62 Contact lists ........................... 62 Start chat room visit ............... 65 Msg. history ........................... 66 Setting ................................... 66 See also Index at the end of this User Guide Table of Con-
tents See also Index at the end of this User Guide m I
f
. Z V 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (2) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:56) 2 Table of Contents CB services ............................... 68 Surf & fun ................................. 69 Internet ................................ 69 Bookmarks ............................. 71 Games and Applications ......... 72 Download wiz. ....................... 73 Setup ........................................ 74 Profiles .................................. 74 Topics .................................... 76 Display ................................... 77 Ring tones ............................. 79 Call setup ............................... 81 Phone setup ........................... 83 Clock ..................................... 85 Connectivity .......................... 86 Security ................................. 88 Network ................................ 90 Accessories ............................ 92 My menu .................................. 93 Fast access ............................... 94 Organizer ................................. 96 Calendar ................................ 96 Appointments ........................ 97 Tasks ..................................... 99 Notes ..................................... 99 Missed appts. ........................ 99 Dictation mac ...................... 100 Time zones .......................... 101 Media player ........................... 102 Extras ...................................... 103 SIM services (optional) ......... 103 Alarm clock .......................... 103 Sound recorder ..................... 104 Calc. .................................... 105 Unit converter ...................... 105 Stopwatch ............................ 106 Countdown .......................... 107 Remote synchronisation ....... 107 My stuff .................................. 109 Mobile Phone Manager .......... 111 Questions & Answers .............114 Customer Care ........................ 117 Care and maintenance ........... 119 Product data ........................... 120 U.S. FDA ..................................121 FCC/Industry Canada Notice ... 127 Ten driving safety tips ............ 128 Intellectual property .............. 130 Accessories ............................. 131 Quality .................................... 133 SAR (C65) ................................ 134 Menu tree ............................... 136 Index .......................................142 See also Index at the end of this User Guide m I
f
. Z V 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (3) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Safety precautions 3 Safety precautions Information for parents Please read the operating instructions and safety precautions carefully before use. Explain the content and the hazards associated with using the phone to your children. Only use original Siemens bat-
teries (100 % mercury-free) and charging devices. Otherwise you risk serious damage to health and property. The battery could explode, for instance. The SIM card may be removed. Caution! Small parts like this could be swallowed by young children. The mains voltage specified on the power supply unit (V) must not be exceeded. Otherwise the charging device may be destroyed. You may only open the phone to replace the battery (100 %
mercury-free) or SIM card. You must not open the battery under any circumstances. All other changes to this device are strictly prohibited and will invalidate the guarantee. Remember to comply with legal requirements and local restric-
tions when using the phone. For example in aeroplanes, petrol stations, hospitals or while driving. Mobile phones can interfere with the functioning of medical devices such as hearing aids or pacemakers. Keep at least 20 cm/9 inches between phone and pacemaker. When using the mobile phone hold it to the ear which is further away from the pacemaker. For more infor-
mation consult your doctor. The ringtone (p. 79), info tones
(p. 83) and handsfree talking are reproduced through the loudspeaker. Do not hold the phone to your ear when it rings or when you have switched on the handsfree function (p. 30). Otherwise you risk serious permanent damage to your hearing. Do not use an optical magnifier to look at the activated infrared interface [Class 1 LED product
(classification as per IEC 60825-1)]. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (4) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 4 Safety precautions Important Please dispose of unwanted batteries and phones as permit-
ted by the laws in your country. The phone may cause interfer-
ence in the vicinity of TV sets, radios and PCs. Use only Siemens original ac-
cessories. This will avoid poten-
tial risks to health or property and ensure compliance with all relevant regulations. Improper use will invalidate the guarantee!
These safety instructions also apply to Siemens original accessories. The phone may only be used if the keypad is fully closed or fully opened; for optimum audio quality, however, it is recommended you open the keypad completely. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (5) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Important Read this information before using your wireless handheld phone. As this mobile phone is equipped with a fixed (non-retractable) an-
tenna, some paragraphs in the text below may not be applicable. Antenna care Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attach-
ments could damage the phone and may violate FCC regulations. Phone operation Normal position Hold the phone as you would any other telephone with the antenna pointed up and over your shoulder. Tips on efficient operation For your phone to operate most efficiently:
Extend your antenna fully
(if applicable). Do not touch the antenna unnec-
essarily when the phone is in use. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher pow-
er level than otherwise needed. Safety precautions 5 Driving Laws pertaining to the use of mobile phones while driving vary signifi-
cantly from state to state and some-
times even from locality to locality within states. For example, some ar-
eas may allow persons to use their mobile phones only if they employ a hands-free device, and some areas may prohibit the use of cell phones entirely. Accordingly, Siemens rec-
ommends that persons check the laws for the areas in which they drive or will be driving. For areas where the use of mobile phones while driv-
ing is permitted, Siemens encourag-
es persons to use their phones re-
sponsibly and to employ hands-free devices. Also, if using your phone while driving, please:
Give full attention to driving driving safely is your first responsibility;
Use hands-free operation, if available;
m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (6) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 6 Safety precautions Pull off the road and park before making or answering a call, if driving conditions so require. For vehicles equipped with air bags An air bag inflates with great force. DO NOT place objects, including ei-
ther installed or portable wireless equipment, in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment ar-
ea. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could re-
sult. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone. Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers'
Association recommends that a min-
imum separation of six inches (6") be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommenda-
tions are consistent with the inde-
pendent research by and recommen-
dations of Wireless Technology Research. Persons with pacemakers should ALWAYS keep the phone more than six inches from their pacemaker when the phone is turned ON;
should not carry the phone in a breast pocket;
should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the poten-
tial for interference;
should turn the phone OFF imme-
diately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. Hearing aids Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider or your hearing aid manu-
facturer to discuss alternatives. Other medical devices If you use any other personal medi-
cal devices, consult the manufactur-
ers of your devices to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtain-
ing this information. Turn your phone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations post-
ed in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (7) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Safety precautions 7 Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn your phone OFF when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Areas with a potentially explosive at-
mosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include: fueling areas such as gasoline stations; be-
low deck on boats; fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or parti-
cles, such as grain, dust or metal powders; and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehi-
cle. You should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. Posted facilities Turn your phone OFF in any facility where posted notices so require. Airplanes FCC and Airline Regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air. Turn your phone OFF when request-
ed by the airline. Check and comply with the policy of your airline regarding the use of your phone while the airplane is on the ground. Blasting areas To avoid interfering with blasting op-
erations, turn your phone OFF when in a blasting area or in areas post-
ed: Turn off two-way radio. Obey all signs and instructions. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (8) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Always make certain that your phone is properly charged before attempting any emergency calls. If you allow your battery to discharge, you will be unable to receive or make calls, including emergency calls. You must then wait a few minutes after the charging begins to place any emergency calls. When making an emergency call, remember to give all of the neces-
sary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your wire-
less phone might be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident, therefore you should not terminate the call until given permis-
sion to do so. 8 Safety precautions Emergency calls (SOS) Your wireless phone can be used to make emergency calls. You can make an emergency call from the main display screen. Enter the local emergency number such as 911 and then press the A key This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wire-
less and landline networks, and user-
programmed functions. Because of this, connections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore, you should never rely solely on any wireless phone for essential commu-
nications (for example, medical emergencies). Remember to make or receive any calls, the phone must be switched on and be used in a ser-
vice area that has adequate signal strength. Emergency calls might not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers re-
garding their network features. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (9) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Overview of phone (schematic) 9 Overview of phone (schematic) 1 A Call key During a call:
I Set volume. E Call options. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 on. Dial displayed/highlighted phone num-
bers/names, take calls. Show last phone numbers dialled in standby mode. 2 B On/Off/End key. Switched off: press and hold to switch During a conversation or in an appli-
cation: press briefly to finish. In menus: press briefly to go back a level. Press and hold to go back to standby mode. In standby mode: press and hold to 3 Joystick switch off phone. C Press the joystick down verti-
cally to start an application or function. In standby mode:
C Open main menu. G Open user profiles. H Open Phonebook/Addressbook. E Open Main Inbox. D Start the camera. In lists, messages and menus:
I Scroll up and down. D Back a level. E Has the same function as the right soft key. Z X Service provider 15.03.2004 10:15 Menu NewMMS 5 4 2 1 3 4 Soft keys The current functions of this key are shown in the bottom line of the display as Text/symbol (e.g. p). 5 Additional symbol to display which function pressing the joystick has in different situations (see p. 12). m f
w e i v r e v O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (10) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 10 Overview of phone (schematic) 1 Integrated antenna Do not obstruct the phone above the battery cover unnecessarily. This reduces the signal quality. 2 Loudspeaker 3 Display 4 Infrared interface (IrDA) 5 Access to the Internet portal 6 Input keys 7 * Ringtone Press and hold in standby mode:
Switch all audible signals on/off
(except alarm). Press and hold on incoming call:
Switch off ringtone for this call only. 8 # Key lock Press and hold in standby mode:
Switch key lock on/off. 9 Connection socket For charger, headset, flash etc.
: Connection for external antenna 11 Camera lens 12 Mirror (depending on phone model) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 Z X Service provider 15.03.2004 10:15 NewMMS Menu 8 9 m f
w e i v r e v O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (11) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Display symbols 11 Registered Temporarily interrupted Browser offline Browser online Browser via GPRS online Browser no network IrDA activated IrDA transmission V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Events (selection) SMS memory full MMS memory full Phone memory full No network access Missed call Delete assistant Message symbols (selection) p Unread q Read r Draft s Delivered t MMS not sent w MMS received x MMS read y MMS with DRM contents (p. 17) Voice mail received Display symbols Display symbols (selection) Z Signal strength Y Charging W Battery charge level, e.g. 50 %
L Phonebook P Call records O Surf & fun/
Service provider portal Q Organizer M Messages R Camera S Extras N My stuff T Setup All calls are diverted Ringer off Short ring (beep) only Ringer only if the caller is stored in the Phonebook. Alarm set Keypad locked Auto answer feature on T9Abc Text input with T9. Activated and available m l
f
. s l o b m y s y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (12) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 12 Display symbols Camera symbols Brightness Zoom factor White balance Flash connected Joystick symbols Camera Delete Make call/accept call Menu Zoom OK m l
f
. s l o b m y s y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (13) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) Getting started 13 Insert the battery sideways into the phone 4, then press it down-
wards 5 until it clicks into posi-
tion. 4 5 6 To remove, press the hook on the right side 6 outwards, turn the phone over, and then shake out the battery. Push the battery cover onto the side hooks 7, until it clicks into position. 7 Getting started Insert SIM card/battery The service provider supplies you with a SIM card on which all the important data for your line is stored. If the SIM card has been delivered in credit-card size, snap the smaller segment out and remove any rough edges. Press the grooved area 1, then push the battery cover towards the front in the direction indicated by the arrow 2. 1 2 Place the SIM card in front of the slot with the contact surface fac-
ing downwards. Then push the SIM card in using gentle pressure 3 (ensure that the chamfered corner is in the correct position). 3 Additional information Please switch off your phone before removing the battery!
Only 3 V SIM cards are supported. Please contact your service provider if you have an older card. SIM card problems ..........................p. 114 m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (14) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) 14 Getting started Charge battery Charging procedure The battery is not fully charged when delivered. Plug charger cable into the bottom of the phone, plug power supply unit into a mains power socket and charge for at least two hours. Y Display during charging. Charging time An empty battery is fully charged after about 2 hours. Charging is only possible within a temperature range of +5 C to 45 C. If the temperature rises/falls 5 C above/below this, the charge symbol flashes a warning. The mains voltage specified on the power supply unit must not be exceeded. Operating times The operating time depends upon the respective conditions of use. Extreme temperatures considerably reduce the phones standby time. Avoid placing the phone in the sun or on a heater. Talktime: 100 to 300 minutes Standby time: 60 to 250 hours Charge icon not visible If the battery has been discharged fully, the charge icon is not immedi-
ately visible when the power supply is plugged in. It will appear after up to two hours. In this case the battery is fully charged after 3 to 4 hours. Only use the plug-in power supply unit supplied!
Display while in service Charge level display during opera-
tion (empty full):V W X A beep sounds when the battery is nearly empty. The charge level of the battery is only displayed correctly after an uninterrupted charging/dis-
charging cycle. You should therefore not remove the battery unnecessarily and where possible not finish the loading pro-
cess early. Additional information The power supply unit heats up when used for long periods. This is normal and not dangerous. If the battery is removed for longer than 30 seconds, the clock must be reset. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (15) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) Changing CLIPIt covers You can use CLIPIt covers (accesso-
ries) to personalise the appearance of your phone as you wish. Dismantle the phone To remove the upper faceplate remove the battery cover (see p.10). Use your fingers to press the side hooks 1 and insert your finger nail into the division between the upper and lower faceplates 2 to release the hooks in the lower part. Getting started 15 3 Insert the phone into the bottom of the upper faceplate 4 and then push it in carefully until it clicks into position 5. Finally, replace battery cover (see p. 13). 5 1 4 2 Assemble the phone First insert the keypad mat 3 into the upper faceplate. Ensure that it is sitting exactly in place. CLIPit covers Please switch the phone off before chang-
ing the keypad mat or faceplate. The new keypad has an additional key beneath the joystick to permit direct access to the Internet information from the service provider. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (16) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) 16 Switch on/off, PIN entry Switch on/off, PIN entry Switching phone on/off B Press and hold the On/Off/
End key. Entering the PIN The SIM card can be protected with a 4 to 8-digit PIN. J Enter the PIN using the number keys. The charac-
ters **** appear to ensure nobody can read your PIN on the display. Correct with ]. C Confirm by pressing the joystick. Logging on to the network will take a few seconds. Additional information Change PIN.......................................p. 21 Clear SIM card barring ......................p. 22 Emergency number
(SOS) Only to be used in real emergencies!
By pressing the SOS soft key you can make an emergency call on any net-
work without a SIM card and without entering a PIN (not available in all countries). Change. are updated. Switching on your phone for the first time Time/date Set the clock correctly on a one-off basis when getting started. C Press this key, then select J First enter the date (day/
month/year), then the time (24 hours, including seconds). C Press. The time and date Time zones Set the time zone for your area. I Select the city in the desired time zone from the list ... Set
... and set it. Copy SIM addresses The first time the SIM card is inserted, the entries on it can be cop-
ied to the Addressbook. Please do not interrupt this procedure. During this time do not accept incoming calls. Follow instructions in the display. You can also copy data from the SIM card at a later time (p. 39). m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (17) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 General instructions 17 Main menu The main menu is displayed graphi-
cally with symbols:
mode. symbols. C Call up from standby F I Select the application C Start an application. Main menu options Options Open menu. Different functions are available depending on the context. Large letters Select between two font Illumination Help sizes. Set display illumination to brighter/darker. Display a help text. General instructions Standby mode The phone is in standby mode and is ready for use when the name of the service provider appears on the dis-
play. B Press and hold the On/Off/
End key to return to standby mode from any situation. Signal strength Z Strong receiving signal.
[ A weak signal reduces the call quality and may lead to loss of the connection. Change your location. Digital Rights Mgmt.
(DRM) Remember that your phone has Digital Rights Management. The use of downloaded pictures, sounds or applications can be restricted by the suppliers, e.g. copy protection, use for a limited period of time only, number of times it can be used etc.
(see also p. 73). m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (18) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 General instructions 18 Operating instructions b Menu controls The steps needed to reach a function are shown in a condensed form in this user guide, e. g., to display record of missed calls in condensed form:
This comprises the following steps:
CPMissed calls C Open main menu. Select (highlight) P by moving the joystick upwards, then press verti-
cally down on the joystick before using the joystick to highlight Missed calls. C Confirm. The record is opened. Symbols The following symbols are used to explain operation:
J Enter numbers or letters. B On/Off/End key A Call key
<> Soft keys Menu Displays a soft-key func-
tion. The joystick can be moved in 5 directions. Press the joystick vertically, e.g., to call up the menu. Press the joystick in the direction indicated. Function dependent on ser-
vice provider, may require special registration. C D F E H I G
m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (19) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Standard functions 19 Text input
(p. 23) Rename Capacity Attributes Help T9 preferred: Activate/
deactivate T9 input. Input language: Select language for text. Rename selected entry. Display memory capacity. Display properties of the highlighted object. Display help text. Standard functions Option menus Functions which appear repeatedly in the options menu are listed here. Options Open menu. Edit View Delete/
Delete all New entry Send... Open the entry to edit. Display entry. Delete entry / delete all entries after confirmation. Create new entry. Select transmission service and medium for sending. The sender becomes the recipient. The received text is transferred into the new message. Store entry. Save Save to 9 Save recipients in the cur-
Reply/
Reply to all rent address directory. Set sort criteria
(according to alphabetical order, type, time). Sort m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (20) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) 20 Standard functions Highlighting mode With some applications (e.g. Phone-
book/Addressbook) one or more entries in a list can be highlighted to carry out a function jointly. Options Open menu. Mark Activate highlighting mode. If a non-highlighted entry is selected, this can be highlighted:
Mark The current entry is high-
lighted. If a highlighted entry is selected, the highlighting can be deleted:
Unmark Dehighlight the current entry. Menu speed dialling All menu functions are numbered internally. A function may be selected directly by entering these numbers in sequence. These num-
bers are shown in the top right of the display. E.g., write new SMS
(from standby mode):
menu. Then press C Press to display the main 5 for Messages, then 1 for Create new, then 1 for SMS. Additional highlighting functions:
Mark all Deselect all Delete highlighting on all Highlight all entries. Delete marked marked entries. All selected entries are deleted. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (21) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) Security 21 Select function. CTSecurityCodes PIN control The PIN is usually requested each time the phone is switched on. You can deactivate this feature but you risk unauthorised use of the phone together with your SIM card. Some service providers do not permit deac-
tivating the control. Selection Press. J Enter PIN. C Confirm input. Change C Confirm. Change PIN You can change the PIN to any 4 to 8-digit number you find easier to remember. J Enter current PIN. C Press. J, C Enter new PIN. J, C Repeat new PIN. Press. Security The phone and SIM card are pro-
tected against misuse by several security codes. Keep these security codes in a safe place where you can access them again if required. Codes PIN Protects your SIM card
(personal identification num-
ber). This is needed to set the charge detail display and to access additional functions on special SIM cards. Key code. Used to unlock SIM cards after the wrong PIN has been entered repeatedly. Protects your phone. Must be entered at the first security setting. PIN2 PUK PUK2 Phone code m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (22) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 22 Security Select function. CTSecurityCodes Change PIN2
(Display only if PIN2 is available). Proceed as for Change PIN. Chg.phonecode
(Change phone code) You define the phone code
(4 to 8 digits) when you call up a phone-code protected function for the first time (e.g. Direct call, p. 32). It is then valid for all phone code-
protected functions. Following the third unsuccessful attempt, access to the phone code and the functions that use it is denied. If this occurs, contact the Siemens Service (p. 117). Clear SIM card barring If the PIN is entered incorrectly three times, the SIM card is barred. Enter the PUK (MASTER PIN) provided by your service provider with the SIM card in accordance with the instructions. If the PUK (MASTER PIN) has been lost, please contact your service provider. Preventing accidental activation Even if PIN control is deactivated
(p. 21) confirmation is required to switch on the phone. This prevents accidental activation of the phone, e.g. when you are car-
rying it in a bag or when you are trav-
elling in an aircraft. B Press and hold. C Press. The phone Cancel switches on. Press this key or take no action. The phone does not switch on. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (23) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) Text entry 23 Text entry Text entry without T9 Press number key repeatedly until the required letter appears. After a brief interval the cursor will advance. Example:2 Press once briefly to write the letter a, twice to write b etc. Press and hold to write the number.
, , 19 Umlauts and numbers are displayed after the rele-
vant letters.
] Press briefly to delete the letter before the cursor;
press and hold to erase the whole word. F Move the cursor
# Press briefly: Swap
(forwards/back). between abc, Abc, T9abc, T9Abc, T9ABC, 123. Status shown in top line of dis-
play. Press and hold: All input-
variants are displayed.
* Press briefly: Special char-
acters are shown. Press and hold: Open input menu. 0 Press once/repeatedly:
. , ? ! " 0 + - ( ) @ / : _ Press and hold: Writes 0. 1 Writes blank. Press twice = line break.
Special characters
* Press briefly. The symbols chart is displayed
, 1)
1) Line break I, F Navigate to characters. Selection Confirm. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (24) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 24 Text entry Input menu
* Press and hold. The input With text input:
menu is displayed:
Text format (SMS only) Input language Mark Copy/Insert Text entry with T9
"T9" deduces the correct word from the individual key entries by making comparisons with an extensive dic-
tionary. Activate, deactivate T9 Options Open text menu. Text input Select. T9 preferred Select. Change Activate T9. Select input language Select the language in which you want to compose your message. Options Open text menu. Text input Select. Input language Select. Selection Confirm. The new lang is set. Languages with T9 support are marked with the T9 symbol. Writing with T9 The display changes as you proceed. It is therefore best if you finish a word without looking at the display. Simply press the keys once only where the relevant letter is located. For "hotel", for example:
# Press briefly for T9Abc then 1/E A blank space or moving 4 6 8 3 5 to the right ends the word. Do not use special characters such as . Use the standard characters instead, e.g. A; T9 will do the rest for you. T9 Text Input is licensed under one or more of the following:
U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,818,437, 5,953,541, 5,187,480, 5,945 928 and 6,011,554;
Canadian Pat. No. 1,331,057;
United Kingdom Pat. No. 2238414B;
Hong Kong Standard Pat. No. HK0940329;
Republic of Singapore Pat. No. 51383;
Euro.Pat. No. 0 842 463 (96927260.8) DE/DK, FI, FR, IT, NL, PT, ES, SE, GB;
and additional patents are pending worldwide. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (25) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) Text entry 25 Correct a word F Move left or right, word by word, until the required word is highlighted.
^ Scroll through the T9 word suggestions again.
] Deletes the last character in a word and displays a new possible word. Additional information Within a "T9 word", individual letters may not be edited without first removing the T9 status. In most cases it is better to rewrite the complete word. 0 Set a full stop. The word is concluded if it is followed by a space. Within a word, a full stop represents an apostro-
phe or hyphen:
e.g. Provider.s = providers. Moving the cursor to the right ends the word. Press briefly: Swap between abc, Abc, T9abc, T9Abc, 123. Status shown in top line of display. Press and hold: All input modes are displayed. Press briefly: Select special characters (p. 23). Press and hold: Opens input menu (p. 24). E
T9 word suggestions If several options are found in the dictionary for a key sequence
(a word), the most probable is dis-
played first. If the word you want has not been recognised, the next sug-
gestion from T9 may be correct. The word must be shown highlighted. Then press
^ The displayed word is replaced with a different word. If this word is also incorrect, press
^ Press until the correct word is displayed. If the word you want is not in the dic-
tionary, it can also be written with-
out T9. To add a word to the dictionary:
Learn The last suggestion is deleted and the word may now be entered with-
out T9 support. Press Save to add it automatically to the dictionary. Select. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (26) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 26 Text entry Text modules Text modules can be stored in the phone for adding to your messages
(SMS, MMS). Write Text modules CMText modules Options J Write Text modules. Options Open menu and select Select New text. Save. Accept the specified name or allocate a new one. C Save. Use Text modules J Write message
(SMS, MMS). Select. Select Text modules. Options Open text menu. Insert I I Selection Confirm. The text module C Confirm. The text module Select text module from the list. is displayed. is inserted in the message to the right of the cursor. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (27) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) My phone Adjust your phone according to your own wishes in the following ways to give it a personal touch:
Ringtones (p. 79) Assign individual ringtones to caller groups or special dates. Pictures (p. 109) Assign individual pictures or photos to your Addressbook entries. Animations (p. 78) Choose a start-up and closing anima-
tion as well as a personal greeting. Screensaver (p. 77) Choose an analogue or digital clock, or a personal picture.
(Operator) Logo (p. 77) Choose an individual picture (to be displayed in standby mode). Wallpaper (p. 77) Choose your own permanent back-
ground image. Colour scheme (p. 77) Select a colour scheme for the user interface. Applications (p. 72) Download your own applications from the Internet. My phone 27 Where do I get what?
You can purchase additional ring-
tones, logos, animations and Java applications from your service pro-
vider or directly from Siemens. Service provider portal Depending on your service provider, you will find direct access to his por-
tal on your telephone via menu items or bookmarks. Please contact your service provider for more infor-
mation on these services. Siemens City Portal You will find additional ringtones, logos, animations and screensavers as well as more application, games and services on the Internet at this address:
www.siemens-mobile.com Or you can download them directly via Browser:
wap.siemens-mobile.com You will also find a service for saving data here as well as a list of the coun-
tries in which these services are available. My menu Create your own menu (p. 93) with frequently used functions, phone numbers or Browser pages. m
f
. e n o h P y M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (28) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 28 Calling Calling Dialling with number keys The phone must be switched on
(standby mode). J Enter the number (always with dialling code/inter-
national dialling code).
] A short press clears the last digit, a long press clears the entire phone number. A Press the Call key. The displayed phone number is dialled. End call B Press the End key briefly. Press this key even if the person on the other end of the line has hung up first. Set volume I Regulate the volume
(only possible during a call). If a Car Kit is used, its volume setting will not affect the usual setting on the phone. Redial previous numbers To redial the phone number last called:
A Press the Call key twice. To redial other numbers that were dialled previously:
A Press the Call key once. I A ... key. If the number is busy Pick out the phone num-
ber from the list, then to dial press the If the called number is busy or can-
not be reached because of network problems several options are avail-
able (depending on the service pro-
vider). An incoming call or any other use of the phone interrupts these functions. Either Auto. redial Auto dial The phone number is dialled automatically up to ten times at increasing time intervals. End with:
B End key. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (29) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Calling 29 Accept call The phone must be switched on. An incoming call will interrupt any other use of the phone. C Press. Or A Press. A phone number transmitted by the network is displayed, along with the associated name (where applicable with picture) if this is stored in the Phonebook/Addressbook (p. 35). Reject call Reject OrB Press. Press briefly. Warning!
Please make sure you have accepted the call before holding the phone to your ear. This will avoid damage to your hearing from loud ringtones. Additional information
Missed call display. Press and hold to switch off the ringing tone and vibration. Or Call back b Call back Your phone rings when the busy number is free. Press the Call key to dial the number. Reminder Prompt A beep reminds you to redial the displayed phone number after 15 minutes. Additional information Store phone number in the Addressbook/Phonebook. Handsfr. Switch on Handsfree (play-
back through loudspeaker). Always switch off "handsfree talking" before holding the phone to your ear. This will avoid damage to your hearing.
Press and hold to switch microphone off. International dialling codes 0 Country Phone number memo You can enter a phone number during the call. The person to whom you are speaking can hear these entries. When the connec-
tion has ended you can save or dial the phone number. Press and hold until a "+" is displayed. Press and select country. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (30) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 30 Calling Handsfree You can put the phone down during a call. You can then use the loud-
speaker to hear the caller. Handsfr. Activate handsfree talking. C Switch on. I Use the joystick to adjust the volume. Handsfr. Deactivate. Warning!
Always switch off "handsfree talking"
before holding the phone to your ear!
Otherwise, you will damage your hearing!
Swap between two calls b Establish a second connection You can call another number during a call. Options Open call menu. Hold The current call is put on hold. J Now dial the new phone number or select Options, Phonebook/
Addressbook, and select phone number. When the new connection is established:
Toggle Swapping between calls. Incoming calls during a call You may need to register for this ser-
vice with your service provider and set your phone accordingly (p. 81). During a call, you may be advised that there is another call waiting. You will hear a special tone during the call. You have the following options:
Accept the waiting call in addition to the first. Toggle Accept the waiting call, putting the current call on hold to do so. Always proceed as above to swap between the two calls. Reject the waiting call Reject Or Divert Press. The waiting call is diverted, for example, to the mailbox. Accept the waiting call and end the current call B End the current call. C Accept new call. End call(s) B Press the End key. After the Return to held call? display, you have the following selection:
Yes You accept the call on hold. You end the second call. No m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (31) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Calling 31 Call options The following functions are only available during a call:
Options Open menu. Hold Microphone on Hold current call. If switched off, the person on the other end of the line cannot hear you (muting). Also:* Press and hold. Call via the loudspeaker. Adjust handset volume. Handsfree Volume Default book Display Phonebook/
Conference Time/
charges Send DTMF Call transfer=
Main menu Call status Addressbook.
(See p. 31) Display talktime that has elapsed so far and (if set) cost incurred during the call. Enter control codes (num-
bers) for remote inquiries to an answering machine. Connect the original call with a second call. For you, both calls are now ended. Access to the main menu. List all held and active calls
(e.g. participants in a con-
ference). Conference b Call up to 5 parties one by one and link them together in a multiparty call. Some of the functions described may not be supported by your ser-
vice provider or may have to be enabled specially. A connection has already been established:
Options Open menu and select Hold. The current connec-
tion is maintained. J Now dial a new number. When the new connec-
tion is established ... .. open menu and select Conference. The held call is joined. Options Repeat procedure until all partici-
pants are linked together
(up to 5 participants). End B All calls in the multiparty conversation are ended when the End key is pressed. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (32) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 32 Calling Direct call If this is active, only one number can be dialled. Switch on CTSecurityDirect call C Confirm selection. J Enter phone code. When first prompted you define and enter the phone code (48 digits). C Confirm selection. Please do not forget this code (p. 21)!
/J Select phone number from the Phonebook/
C Confirm. Addressbook or enter it. Apply Carola To dial the phone number
(e.g. Carols phone num-
ber), press and hold the right soft key. Switch off
Press and hold. J Enter phone code. C Confirm input. Control codes (DTMF) You can, for example, enter control codes (numbers) for remote access to an automatic answering machine while another connection exists. These entries are transmitted directly as DTMFcodes (control codes). Options Open menu. Send DTMF Select. Using the Phonebook/
Addressbook Store phone numbers and control codes (DTMF codes) in the Phone-
book/Addressbook in the same way as a normal entry, see p. 33. J Enter phone number. 0 Press and hold until a "+"
appears in the display
(wait for the connection to be established). J Enter DTMF codes 0 If necessary, wait again
(numbers). for three seconds at a time for the receiver to process the entries safely. J Enter a name. Save Store entry. You may also store just the DTMFcodes (numbers) and then send them during the call. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (33) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:07) Default book CLSelect function. Show entries The entries in the default book
(Addressbook or Phonebook) are shown. J/I Select a name with the New entry first letter and/or scroll. Create new entry. Address book (see also p. 34) Phonebook (see also p. 38) Default book H You can set which directory you prefer to use. The selected default book is opened in standby mode with the joystick. Open Phonebook or Addressbook Address book A lot of data can be recorded in the Addressbook for each entry, and additional functions (e.g., pictures, birthdays) can be used. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Default book 33 Phonebook The Phonebook is located on the SIM card. Only one phone number can be entered per entry. The Phonebook on the SIM card can easily be trans-
ferred into a different phone. Business card Create your own business card to send to a different GSM-phone. If no business card has been created yet, you will be asked for your input. Move from field to field to enter your details. Press. H Save Additional information The content of the business card and the Addressbook entries correspond to inter-
national standards (vCard). Copy numbers from Address-
book/Phonebook. Groups See p. 37.
<Info numbers>
See p. 40. m
f
. k o o B _ f e r P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (34) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 34 Address book Address book The Addressbook can store up to 1000 entries, each with a variety of phone numbers and additional address details. These entries are managed separately from those in the Phonebook in the phone mem-
ory. However, you can exchange data between the Addressbook and the Phonebook on the SIM card. The Addressbook is set as standard:
Open Addressbook
(in standby mode) Select required input fields. New entry H C Display input fields. I J Fill in input fields. The maximum number of characters available is shown at the top of the display. At least one name must be entered. Always enter phone number with dialling code. URL:
Inst. Msg. >>
Possible input fields Last name:
First name:
Phone number: Group:
Phone/office:
Phone/cell:
Fax:
Fax #2:
E-mail address:
Email #2:
Company:
Address: >>
Birthday: >>
Picture:
All fields Additional information Group:
Address:
Inst. Msg. Assignment to a group
(p. 37). Extension to enter the complete address:
Street:, ZIP:, City:, Country:
Information if the entry is being used as a chat room contact (p. 61):
Nickname:, WV user ID:, ICQ number:, AIM screen name:
m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (35) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 35 Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). Address book Display/find entry H J/I Select required entry. C Display. Display options Options The options menu only offers the functions for the currently selected input field. Move to ... View Assign current entry or highlighted entries to a group. Display an assigned picture. Copy to SIM Copies name and one phone number to the SIM card (Phonebook). Create a message with the selected entry. Start WAP browser and visit URL. Begin dialogue, p. 61. New SMS, New MMS Browser Inst. Msg.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Birthday: After activation, the date Picture:
of birth is entered. Reminder: The phone reminds you at the time entered one day before the birthday. Assign a picture to the entry. It is displayed if you are called by one of the corresponding phone numbers. All fields/Reduced fields Displays the required input fields. Save the entry. Save Additional information Temporary switch to Phone-
book. Synchronisation You can use the mobile phone manager
(p. 111) to synchronise your Addressbook with Outlook and other Siemens telephones. Using Remote sync. you can synchronise your mobile with an organiser stored on the Internet (see also p. 107). Completing phone numbers see p. 40 m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (36) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Press. Select input field. Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). 36 Address book Change entry H J/I Select required entry. Edit I Edit J Make changes. Save Call entry H J/I Select a name with the A The number is dialled. Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). first letter and/or scroll. Save. Open entry if necessary. If there are several numbers in the address book entry, these are offered for selection. I A The number is dialled. Select phone number. Addressbook options Depending on the actual situation, different functions will be offered. These functions can be applied to the entry currently selected as well as to multiple selected entries:
Options Open menu. Move to ... Copy current entry or high-
lighted entries to a group. Filter Import Copy to SIM Copies name and number to the SIM card (Phonebook). Only those entries which match the filter criteria are displayed. Set up readiness to receive for a Phonebook entry via IrDA (p. 86) or SMS (p. 46). Specify sorting criteria for output of the Addressbook entries. Search Enter search term.
(For standard functions, see p. 19) Sort m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (37) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Address book 37 Ringtone for group Assign a ringtone to a group that plays when one of its members calls you. CTRing tonesGroup calls I C Confirm. If a ringtone has Select group. already been set, it will be played. Otherwise, the ringtone list will be dis-
played and you can select one. I If necessary, select a ringtone. C Confirm. Groups Nine groups are specified in your phone to enable you to arrange your Addressbook entries clearly. You can rename seven groups. entries is listed behind the group name). Select group. Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). H
<Groups> Select (the number of I Groups menu Options Open menu. Rename group Group symbol Assign a symbol to a group. The symbol must then appear in the display when one of the group members calls. Change name of group. Additional information No group: Contains all Addressbook entries that do not belong to a group (name cannot be changed). Received: Contains Addressbook entries received by IrDA (p. 86) or SMS (p. 46)
(name cannot be changed). m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (38) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 38 Phonebook Phonebook Entries in the Phonebook (on the SIM card) are managed separately from the Addressbook. You can, how-
ever, exchange data between the Phonebook and the Addressbook. New entry If the Phonebook has been selected as standard:
H Open Phonebook
(in standby mode). H Select <New entry>. C Display input fields. I Select input field. J Fill in input fields. The maximum number of characters available is shown at the top of the display. Phone number:
Always enter phone number with dialling code. An entry is not saved without a phone number. Name:
Enter first and/or last names. Group:
Default No group Important phone numbers may be combined in a group (VIP). Location:
Default SIM Special SIM cards can save phone numbers in a protected area
(SIM protected) (PIN2 required). Record #:
Each entry is automatically assigned a record number. You can also dial using the record number. Save Press to store the new entry. Additional information Temporary switch to Address-
Country International dialling code...p. 29 Functions related to Text entry ..........p. 23 book. m
f
. k o o b e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (39) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Phonebook Phonebook options 39 The following functions are avail-
able, depending on the current situ-
ation. Options Open menu. Copy to 9 Copy all highlighted entries to the Addressbook. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Copy all to 9 Copy all entries to the Delete all Import Addressbook. The whole Phonebook is deleted. PIN-protected. Set up readiness to receive for a Phone-
book entry via IrDA
(p. 86) or SMS (p. 46).
(For standard functions, see p. 19) Open Phonebook. first letter and/or scroll. Call (search for an entry) H J/I Select a name with the A Phone number is dialled. Call using record no. A record number is automatically assigned to every new entry in the Phonebook. J Enter record number.
# Press. A Press. Change entry I Edit J/I Select input field J Make changes. Save Select entry in Phonebook. Press. required. Press. m
f
. k o o b e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (40) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Phonebook 40
<Special books>
H
<Special books>
Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). Select.
<Own numbers>
Enter own phone numbers in Phonebook (e.g., fax) for informa-
tion. These numbers can be changed, deleted and also sent as an SMS message.
<VIP numbers>
Display the phone numbers saved in the VIP group.
<SIM phonebook>
Entries stored in the Phonebook on the SIM card can also be used on other GSM phones.
<Protected SIM>
On special SIM cards, phone num-
bers can be stored in a protected location. PIN2 is required for editing. b
<Service nos.>/<Info numbers>
There might be phone numbers saved in your Phonebook that have been provided by your service pro-
vider. They may be used to call local or national information services or to use services offered by your service provider. Completing phone numbers in the Phonebook Digits may be replaced by a "?" when phone numbers are entered in the Phone-
book:*
These wildcards must be replaced with numbers before dialling (e.g., with the extension numbers in a phone system). To make a call, select the phone number from the Phonebook/Addressbook. A J Replace "?" with numbers. A Number is dialled. Press and hold. Press. m
f
. k o o b e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (41) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Call records The phone number of a caller is dis-
played if the caller has switched off the Incognito function and the network supports the
"Caller Identity" function. Alternatively, a callers name is dis-
played if it is stored in the Phone-
book/Addressbook. Your phone stores the phone num-
bers of calls for convenient redial-
Select record. ling. CP I C Open record. I A Dial phone number. Or View Select phone number. Display information on the phone number. Up to 500 entries are stored in the records:
V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Call records 41 b Missed calls The phone numbers of calls that you have received but not answered are stored for callback purposes. Icon for missed call
(in standby mode). Press the display key beneath the symbol to call up the Main Inbox
(p. 45). mode. Calls received Accepted calls are listed. Calls dialed Access to the last numbers dialled by you. A Fast access in standby Delete records The records are deleted. Call list menu The records menu can be called up if an entry is highlighted. Options Open menu. Copy to 9 /
Copy to SIM Copy the currently selected phone number into the preferred direc-
tory.
(For standard functions see p. 19) m
f
. s d r o c e R _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (42) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:09) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 42 Time/charges Time/charges You can display the charges and duration during a call. You can set a unit limitation for outgoing calls. CPTime/charges Select:
Last call:
Incoming calls:
Outgoing calls:
Outgoing SMS:
Outgoing MMS:
GPRS data flow:
All calls:
Remaining units:
I Reset Scroll through the display. Reset the selected setting. Charge setting C Open menu. Charge/Unit
(PIN2 prompt) Enter the currency as well as the charge per unit and time. Charge limit
(PIN2 prompt) Special SIM cards allow you or the service provider to define a credit limit or a period after which the phone is barred for outgoing calls. Edit J Enter PIN2. Charge limit J Enter number of units. OK Switch on. Confirm. Press. Then confirm the credit or reset the counter. The status display for pre-
paid cards may vary, depending on the service provider. Auto display Call duration and charges are displayed automatically. m i
f
. e g r a h C e m T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (43) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Camera 43 Camera You can view photos/videos record-
ed on the integrated camera imme-
diately and use the photo as a background image, logo, a switch on/off animation or a screensaver. send the photo via MMS. pectedly. Information about the selected resolution is located under the preview image. 24 Switch on CR OrD Start camera in standby mode. The current (preview) image is dis-
played. You will see the following in the first line from left to right:
Brightness Zoom factor White balance Flash connected. The number of photos that can still be taken in the selected resolution is displayed in the top right-hand cor-
ner of the preview image. As the memory requirement depends essentially on the subject photo-
graphed and the resolution, the number of photos that are still possi-
ble can sometimes change unex-
Photo Options RecordC Takes a photo. C Displays the preview image of the next photo. The photo is saved with a name, the date and the time. To enter the name see Setup in the options menu. F Sets the brightness. Settings prior to taking a photo:
I Sets the zoom factor. m
f
. a r e m a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (44) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 44 Camera Image resolution It is possible to set the quality of the image regardless of the preview image resolution, e.g.:
Premium Medium Background The resolution may decrease depending on the selected digital zoom. Flash (accessories) If the flash is active, this is shown by a symbol in the display. The flash is charged constantly while it is con-
nected to the phone and the camera is activated. This reduces the stand-
by time. This symbol appears when the flash is being charged. For settings, see options menu. Camera options The following functions are available, depending on the current situation. Options Open menu. Settings Name for recordings Image resolution Colour mode: normal, sepia, grey tints Pictures Use flash Auto-timer White balance The last picture taken is displayed. Choose between:
Automatic, Off, Red-eye The photo is taken approx. 15 seconds after trigger-
ing. For the last 5 seconds, you will hear a beep each second. Choose between:
Automatic, Indoor, Outdoor
(For standard functions see p. 19) Additional information Insufficient memory available. Start the delete assistant to delete data (p. 83). A mirror can be attached to the back of the phone depending on the phone variant. This makes it easier to take self portraits. m
f
. a r e m a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (45) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:10) Main Inbox 45 C When you open an entry, the relevant application also starts. After a set period of time, entries which have already been read and opened are only displayed in the message-related inbox lists (see Setup in the optionsmenu). Main Inbox options Options Open menu. Setup If entries have been read, remove them from the Main Inbox:
Daily, Never, Immediately If Daily has been selected, specify the time.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Main Inbox The inbox folder offers immediate access to the messages just received. This means that you no longer have to look through all inbox folders for the various message types. The entries are marked with a symbol to indicate their type and status. You will find a list of the symbols on p. 11. To call up the inbox folder, e.g. if a new SMS has been received:
Press the soft key beneath OrE In standby mode:
the symbol. You will find the following message types in the inbox folder:
SMS, MMS System messages Message about MMS, Missed alarm, Missed appts., Missed calls, WAP push, Voice message Data objects Ring tones, Pictures, calendar entries, Notes and Business card m I
f
. x o b n d e i f i n U _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (46) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 46 SMS SMS You can transmit and receive very long messages (up to 760 charac-
ters) on your phone. They are auto-
matically composed of several "nor-
mal" SMS messages (note higher charges). You can also insert simple pictures and sounds in an SMS. Write/send CMCreate newSMS J Input text. You will find information on writing texts with and without T9 in the chapter
"Text entry" (p. 23). The following is displayed in the top display line:
Text entry status, number of SMS messages required, number of char-
acters still available. A Start sending procedure.
/J Select phone number from the Phonebook/
Addressbook or enter it. Group If necessary, select a group. C Confirm. The SMS is trans-
mitted to the service cen-
tre to be sent and saved in the Sent items list. Text options Options Open menu. Save Picture&
sound Text modules Format Save composed text in draft list. Add pictures, animations and sounds into message (see fol-
lowing text). Insert Text modules (p. 26). Font size: Small font, Medium font, Large font Underline Alignment: Default alignm., Left, Center, Right Mark (highlight text with the joystick) Delete the whole text. Delete text Send with...
(For standard functions see p. 19) Select SMS profile so the SMS can be sent. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (47) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) SMS 47 Picture&sound Send simple pictures and tones with or without accompanying text. Remember that these may be pro-
tected (DRM, p. 17). With the text input field open:
Options Open menu. I Select Picture&sound. The menu contains:
Def animations Def. sounds Own anim. Own pictures Own sounds I C Confirm. The first entry of Select list. the selected section is dis-
played. Scroll to entry required. I For Def animations/Def. sounds:
C The selection is added to the SMS. For Own anim./Own pictures/
Own sounds:
C The selection is displayed/
C The selection is added to played back. the SMS. The pictures which have been added are displayed. Sounds are displayed in the form of "wildcards". SMS to group You can send an SMS message as a
"circular" to a recipient group. Options Open menu. Send Group I C Open group and highlight C Transmission is started Select. The list of groups is dis-
played. Select group. all/individual entries. after a security prompt. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (48) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 SMS 48 Read p Arrival of a new SMS announced in the display. Open Main Inbox (p. 45) using the soft key posi-
tioned beneath it. C Reading the SMS. I Scroll through message line by line. SMS 10.05.2004
+ 12398765431 SMS text . 19:42 Reply Options Reply You can answer the currently open SMS immediately. The newly added text is placed above the received text. Open reply menu. Reply options Reply Create new Edit Answer is YES Answer is NO Call back, Delay, Thanks Create a new reply text. Edit received SMS or add new text. Add Answer is YES to the SMS. Add Answer is NO to the SMS. Add a standard text as a reply to an SMS. Read options Options Open options menu. Reply Picture&sound Zoom in Archive See "Reply options"
above. Save picture/sound contained in the SMS. Enlarge or reduce text display. Move SMS message to archive.
(For standard functions see p. 19). m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (49) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) SMS 49 Sent items CMSent itemsSMS The list of sent SMS messages is displayed. SMS archive CMSMS archive The list of SMS messages stored in the phone is displayed. List options Different functions are offered depending on the list. Options Open menu. Send Send with... Select an SMS profile for Send or forward entry. Archive transmission. Move SMS message to archive.
(For standard functions, see p. 19) Lists All SMS messages are archived in dif-
ferent lists, according to their status.
(For overview of message symbols, see p. 11):
Inbox CMInboxSMS The list of received SMS messages is displayed. Draft CMDraftSMS The list of not yet transmitted SMS messages is displayed. Unsent CMUnsentSMS The list of concatenated SMS mes-
sages not yet completely sent is displayed. Transmission can be restarted. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (50) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 SMS 50 Setting SMS signature C MMsg settings SMSSMS signature You can enter a "signature" with a maximum of 16 characters. This sig-
nature will then be attached to each SMS except for a Reply and when changes are made to an existing SMS. SMS profiles CMMsg settings SMSSMS profiles Select profile. Up to 5 SMS profiles can be set. The transmission characteristics of an SMS are defined in these. The pre-
setting depends on the SIM card inserted. Activate profile I C Activate. Set profile I Edit Service centre Open to edit the profile. Enter the phone numbers for the service centre as provided by the service provider. Select profile. Recipient Enter a standard recipient for the profile. Message type Manual: Inquiry for all mes-
Standard text: Normal SMS sages. message. Fax: Transmission via SMS. E-mail: Transmission via SMS. New: You may need to obtain the required code number from your service provider. Validity period Status report =
Direct reply =
SMS via GPRS =
Save aft. send Period within which the service centre is to try to deliver the message:
Manual, 1 hour, 3 hours, 6 hours, 1 day, 1 week, Maximum*
* Maximum period that the ser-
vice provider permits. Receive confirmation of suc-
cessful/failed transmission of a message. This service may be subject to a charge. If activated, the reply to your SMS message is handled via your service centre (for infor-
mation, please contact your service provider). Send SMS automatically via GPRS (p. 86). Sent SMS messages are saved in the Sent items list. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (51) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) More information on SMS SMS status report If the message cannot be transmit-
ted to the service centre you are offered the chance to repeat the transmission. If this also fails, con-
tact your service provider. The Message sent. message only indi-
cates transmission to the service centre. This will then attempt to relay the message within a certain period. See also Validity period (p. 50). Phone number in SMS Phone numbers displayed in highlighted text can be dialled (A) or saved in the Phonebook/Address-
book. SMS 51 Downloading ringtones and logos You can receive links for download-
ing ringtones, logos, screensavers, animations and information about applications with an SMS. Please highlight this link and, by pressing the Call key A, start the download. Please check that the dial-in access
(p. 86) is configured. Remember that these may be pro-
tected (DRM, p. 17). SIM memory full If the message icon flashes the SIM memory is full. No more SMS mes-
sages can be received. Messages must be deleted or archived. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (52) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 52 MMS MMS The Multimedia Messaging Service enables you to send texts, pictures and sounds in a combined message to another mobile phone. All ele-
ments of an MMS message are merged to form a "slide show". Depending on your phone's settings, you will receive either the complete message automatically or notifica-
tion that an MMS has been saved in the network, giving sender and size details. You may then download it to your phone to read it. Ask your service provider whether this service is available. You may need to register for this service sepa-
rately. Create CMCreate newMMS An MMS consists of the address header and the content. An MMS may consists of a series of pages. Each page may contain a text, a picture and a sound. Remember that pictures and sounds may be pro-
tected (DRM, p. 17). Write texts with the help of T9
(p. 23). Pictures may be taken using the inte-
grated camera and/or loaded from My stuff (p. 109). Sounds may be recorded using the Sound recorder and/or loaded from My stuff (p. 109). First select an object for processing to be added to the first page of the MMS:
Pictures Limits on picture size can be set in the user settings.
<Picture> Select. C Display picture functions:
Insert image Open list to select a picture. Camera Activate the camera to take a photo for the MMS (p. 43). R Also possible. Open Display picture. Delete Delete inserted picture. Save Store picture for use later on. Properties Display properties, incl. any user right restrictions (p. 17). m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (53) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) MMS 53 Select. Sounds
<Sound>
C Display sound functions:
Insert sound Open list to select a sound. Record Activate sound recording to record sounds (p. 104). m Also possible. Open Play back the sound. Delete Delete inserted sound. Save Save sound for use later on. Properties Display properties, incl. any user right restrictions (p. 17). played (see also p. 23):
Select and write the text. Text
<Text>
C The text functions are dis-
Insert from Choose any of the following for insertion: Text modules, Bookmark, Insert from d Delete text Delete text on current page. Save Save text on the page as a text module. Text input T9 settings:
T9 preferred, Input language Mark Text processing together with Copy and Insert. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (54) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 54 MMS Picture... Sound... Text... Page Generation options Options Open menu. law Send MMS Send MMS. Play Play back entire MMS on the display. See p. 52. See p. 53. See p. 53. Add page: Insert new page behind current one. Delete Page: Delete cur-
rent page. Page list: Display available pages. Timing: Set the time sequence for the MMS pre-
sentation:
Page duration:
Automatic or Manual Show page:
Only if Manual is set in front of it. Enter the lifespan of a page. Properties Enter sending parameters
(see next chapter). Save as templ. Layout Colors Save created MMS as a template. See also below. Select one of four possible layouts:
Text above, beneath, beside (on left or right of) picture. Select the colours for:
Message Page Bitmap Text backgrd. Text color
(For standard functions see p. 19) Templates CMMMS template MMS templates are saved MMS mes-
sages with no address. They can be sent as new MMS messages or used as part of a new MMS. A maximum of 10 templates can be saved. Create templates by writing a new MMS or using an MMS which you have already received. Options Open menu and select Save as templ. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (55) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) MMS 55 Expanded address fields I More:
Scroll downwards. Cc:
Bcc:
Provide additional address fields. Address(es) of copy recip-
ient(s). Address(es) of copy recip-
ient(s) who are not visible to the other recipients. Attachments:
Insert attachments. Creation date. Date:
Use delivery time:
Use specified send time. If Yes:
Delivery date:
Send date. Delivery time:
Send time. Icons for status information Priority Send report Contains protected contents (DRM, p. 17). Send The page(s) of the new MMS is (are) already created and the MMS is dis-
played. A Open address entry. MMS Subject:
Greetings from Munich Send to:
+1234567654321 |
Size:
85 KB
] Options Subject:
Send to:
Enter a brief description. Enter one or more phone number(s). Insert from Addressbook. Display the size of the current MMS in kilobytes. Size:
A Start sending procedure. C The MMS is sent after con-
firmation. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (56) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 56 MMS Sending options Options Open menu. Send MMS Send MMS. Play Play back entire MMS on the display. Display object selection to change an object. Add recipient from the cur-
rent address directory. Delete individual recipient. Edit Add attachment:
File Business card Appointment Display MMS pages for viewing and/or changing. Save created MMS as a template. Save as templ.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Add addressee Del. addressee Add attchmnt. Page list Receive Depending on the setting (p. 58) an MMS can be received in two ways:
Complete transmission The complete MMS is sent to your phone. This can take quite a while if the MMS is large. Shown in the display.
< Start reception. The MMS is sent. Prior notification You are notified that an MMS is awaiting reception. w Shown in the display.
< Read the notification. Dis-
play the size of the MMS in KB. The complete MMS is sent. Display in Main Inbox Accept OK m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (57) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 MMS 57 Lists All MMS messages are saved in four different lists (for list of message icons, see p. 11). Inbox CMInboxMMS The list of MMS messages and notifi-
cations received is displayed. To receive an MMS subsequently, open notification and press Accept. Draft CMDraftMMS The list of stored drafts is displayed. Unsent CMUnsentMMS The list of the MMS messages not yet completely transmitted is displayed. Sent items CMSent itemsMMS The list of sent MMS messages is dis-
played. the MMS. Select the MMS. An MMS has been received in full. Read I C Start automatic playing of E D Key functions for playback:
To the next page. Press briefly once to return to the start of the current page; press briefly twice to return to the start of the previous page. Set volume. I C/B End. The message details are displayed when the MMS is complete. Subject:
From:
Description of the MMS. Information about the sender. Size of the MMS in KB. Size:
Expanded address fields H Scroll down. More:
Cc:
Attachments:
Copy recipient Additional input fields Save attachments Date received Date:
Symbols for status information
(see p. 55) m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (58) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 58 MMS List options Different functions are offered depending on the list/situation. Options Open menu. Play Edit View Play MMS on the display. Display MMS for processing. Display MMS for viewing only (write-protected). Send MMS. Send MMS Reply MMS Reply to MMS immediately. Forward MMS Properties Enter recipient(s) for for-
warding. Display message parameters. Receiv.all Send all new MMS mes-
MMS sages immediately.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Select function. Setting CMMsg settingsMMS MMS profile:
Six MMS profiles can be set (5 in the telephone memory, one on the SIM card). The send properties can be specified in them. In most cases, the setting has already been made. If necessary, check with your service provider for details. Activate profile I Options Open menu and select Select profile. Activate. Set profile I Options Open menu and select Select profile. Change sett. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (59) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) MMS 59 Retrieval:
Default duration:
Length of display for an MMS page (standard requirement). Receive complete MMS or only notification of arrival. Immediate Receive complete MMS immediately. Auto.homenet Receive complete MMS immediately in home network. Manual Only receive the notification. Spam filter: Settings for receipt of pro-
Size indica-
tion: =
motional MMS. Set max. message size and message handling. Default priority:
Request delivery confirma-
tion for sent messages. User settings Set the MMS dispatch to suit your requirements:
Delivery report:
Read reply: Request confirmation that the MMS has been read. Send priority:
Normal, High, Low Select the period in which the service centre is to try to deliver the message:
Manual, 1 hour, 3 hours, 6 hours, 1 day, 1 week, Maximum*
* Maximum period that the service provider permits. Transmission from the ser-
vice centre to the recipient:
Immediate, Tomorrow Earliest deliv. time:
Validity:
m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (60) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 60 Voice message/mailbox Voice message/mailbox CMSetupVoice message Most service providers provide a mailbox in which a caller can leave a voice mail for you if your phone is switched off or not ready to receive, if you do not want to answer, if you are making a phone call
(and if Call waiting (p. 81) is not activated). If the voice mail service is not part of your service provider's standard package, you will need to register for it, and possibly set it manually. The following sequence may vary from service provider to service provider. Setup b The service provider supplies you with two phone numbers:
Save mailbox number You call this phone number to listen to the voice mails left for you. CMSetupVoice message
/J Select number from Phonebook/Addressbook or enter/change it. Confirm. OK Save call divert number Calls are diverted to this phone num-
e.g. UnansweredSet ber. CTPhone setupDivert J Enter phone number. OK Registration with the net-
work is confirmed a few seconds later. b Listen to message A new voice message can be announced as follows, depending on the service provider:
Symbol plus beep. Or Notification via SMS. Or You receive a call with an automatic announcement. Call your mailbox and play the mes-
sage(s) back.1 Press and hold (if neces-
sary enter mailbox num-
ber once). Confirm with OK and Mailbox depend-
ing on your service pro-
vider. m f
. x o b l i
a M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (61) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 61 Start menu Login Select the access through which the dialogue is to take place or Account: select (p. 66). Msg. history Read the messages from the last session. Setup V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Settings for your repre-
sentation, the application and servers. End application. Exit Rapidly to chat room Select access (p. 66) CMInst. Msg.Login The current contact list or the over-
view is displayed (if necessary, set access first, p. 66). Specify your own status (p. 67) Options Open menu. My settings B Return to contact list. Select and make entries. Inst. Msg. b Through the chat room you can receive text, audioclips, pictures and files as well as send them directly to one or more end devices (mobile phone, PC). This function is not offered by all service providers. Please ask your service provider. Your dialogue partners are entered in contact lists. Once a connection has been established these lists show who is available, whether he/
she wishes to be disturbed and what mood he/she is in at present. For the Inst. Msg. to function correctly it might be necessary for you to first enter your own mobile phone num-
ber in the Phonebook (on the SIM card) under <Own numbers> (p. 40). GPRS must be switched on. CMInst. Msg. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (62) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 62 Inst. Msg. Enter new contact (p. 63) Options Open menu. Set Add contact Press, then select and enter at least the user ID. Select the contact. B Return to contact list. Hold dialogue with new contact
(p. 65) I C Start dialogue. C Open editor. J Write text. C Send text ... and so on. Login CMInst. Msg.Login Select the last access used (see also Automatic login: p. 67). Contact lists When the connection has been established, the contact list or the overview of the contact lists is shown for selection. In the contact list, you will find a list of the most recently used contacts. The first time you log in, an "empty"
contact list will be generated by the server if necessary. Displays in the list:
-Conversation Displays online contacts for whom there are messages.
-Online Online contacts with whom no con-
versations are being held at present. b
-Group Groups for holding a dialogue with several contacts.
-Offline Contacts who are not online at present. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (63) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 63 b Select one of the groups you set up yourself. Manage groups I Options Open menu. Set Group settings Different functions are offered depending on the selection:
Add member Select. Find member Invite Add group Find group Add a new group mem-
ber, see also Add con-
tact Search for group member. Invitation to the contacts in your own group to visit chat room. group member list. Add new group. Search for group on the server (also groups no longer managed in the list). Delete member Delete contact from the Select a contact. Manage contacts I Options Open menu. Set Contacts Different functions are offered depending on the selection:
Add contact Select. User ID:
Enter an unambiguous user (login) name. Nickname:
Enter your own nick-
name for the contact. Friend:
The contact receives the status Friend: and access to personal infor-
mation (p. 67). Find contact Search for contact. Delete contact Delete contact from Block contact the list. No more messages are received from the con-
tact and the contact receives no status infor-
mation from you. This function works for all your lists. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (64) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 64 Inst. Msg. Create group Create group Group ID:
Enter a non-ambiguous group name. Name:
Name of group. Topic:
Topic for group. Searchable:
Other people can look for the group. Welcome msg.:
Enter welcome text. Delete group. Create a new contact list The current contact list is displayed. Options Open menu. Contact lists Available contact lists are displayed. Options Open menu. Create Contact list ID:
Select. Give the contact list its own, specific name. Allocate self-explanatory names. Name:
C Confirm. Contact list options Options Open menu. Details=
Additional information about the contact or the group. Information on your cur-
rent personal status
(p. 67). Functions for managing a contact or a group. Display contact lists for selection. Display all blocked con-
tacts. Can be unblocked.
(p. 67). End the application; the server remains con-
nected. Log off from the server and return to start menu. Display help text. My settings Set Contact lists Block list Exclude Logout Help App. settings Set the application m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (65) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 65 Options (individual contact) Options Open menu. Send sound =
Send picture
Send other =
Details Clear all Block contact Select and send a melody/
sound from the list (DRM, p. 17). Select and send a picture from the list (DRM, p. 17). Send any file. Information about the con-
tact, if this is authorised by him. Delete all texts in the cur-
rent chat room. No more messages are received from the contact and the contact receives no status information from you. This function works for all your lists. Options (group contact) b Options Open menu. Subscribers List group participants cur-
rently online. Leave group Exit group. Details Information about the group:
Group ID:, Name:, Topic:, Owner:
Delete all texts in the cur-
rent chat room. Clear all Start chat room visit I C Start communication with A contact list must be displayed. Select a contact or a group. the contact. The page in the chat room is displayed. When a group is engaged in a dia-
logue, the name of the sender is placed in front of each contribution. C Open editor. J Write text. C Send text. The text appears in the chat room soon afterwards. Naturally, you can also receive mes-
sages from contacts you do not know. This will be pointed out to you in the display, and you can either switch to chat room or ignore/block the contact. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (66) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 66 Inst. Msg. Accept object Receiving objects b If sounds or pictures are sent to you during a dialogue, you will be informed of such in the display. Accept or Reject Msg. history CMInst. Msg. Reject object. Msg. history The messages from the last meeting are displayed. You can read and delete the contributions. Requirement: The server must be disconnected, see Exclude (p. 64) and Automatic login: (p. 67). Setting CMInst. Msg.Setup Account The list of available accesses is dis-
played. Select function. I/ C Select an access to estab-
Or
<New entry>/Account sett. lish a connection. b Set up an account or change the settings as specified by the service provider. Depending on the service provider, the settings may not be changeable. Name:
URL:
User ID:
Password:
Name of access. Enter URL, e.g. http://
www.abc.com Enter an unambiguous user
(login) name. Enter password (shown as a series of asterisks). m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (67) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 67 App. settings Settings for the application used:
Automatic Auto-reconnect to the login:
last access used. Timeout:
Time without action after which the application is ended. However, the server remains con-
nected. Signal the receipt of messages: Yes/No Signal given as:
Sound Silent alert Pop-up Message info:/
Online info:
Popup windows authorised: Yes/No My settings Information on your current per-
sonal status:
Alias:
Screen name:
Mood:
Your own alias under which you can be found on the server. Name to be displayed in the group. Information about your own mood, e. g. Happy, Sad, Tired, etc. Status text: Random text information, e. g. "Am at home". Availability: Availability:
Cellphone:
Options Available, Not available, Discreet Enter the phone number with international dialling code. For each setting, specify who is allowed to view your personal informa-
tion:
Public All contacts. Private Contacts designated as Friend: (p. 63). Hide Nobody. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (68) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 68 CB services CB services CMSetupCB services Some service providers offer infor-
mation services (info channels, Cell Broadcast). If reception is activated, you will receive messages on the activated topics in your Topic list. CB messages are displayed in standby mode; longer messages are scrolled automatically. Receive CB You can activate and deactivate the CB service. If the CB service is acti-
vated, standby time for the phone will be reduced. Topic list You can add any topics to this per-
sonal list from the topic index. You can preset 10 entries with their channel numbers (ID) and, if applica-
ble, with their names. New topic Select. If no topic index is available, enter a topic with its channel number and confirm with OK. If the topic index has already been transmitted, select a topic and activate it with Options. Select Topic Options Open list menu. If a topic is selected in the list you can view it, activate/ deactivate it, edit it or delete it. CB languages Receive Cell Broadcast messages in one specific language only or in all languages. Displays
, Topic activated/deactivated. p New messages received on q Messages already read. the topic. m
f
. B C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (69) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Surf & fun 69 Surf & fun Get the latest information from the Internet that is specifically adapted to the display options of your phone. In addition, you can download games and applications to your phone. Internet access may require registration with the service pro-
vider. Access to the service provider Direct call-up of the browser with the URL from your service provider. Internet COInternet The browser is activated with the pre-set option as soon as you call up the function (Browser settings, p. 70;
may be specified/pre-assigned by service provider). m
f
. t e n r e t n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i Browser menu Options Open menu. Home Bookmarks Go to... Reload Show URL History Disconnect File Settings Call up the pre-set homep-
age for the current profile. List bookmarks Dis-
play list of bookmarks stored in the phone. Bookmark site The cur-
rent page is saved as a bookmark. Enter URL for direct dial to an Internet address, e.g. wap.siemens-
mobile.com Reload current page. Display the URL of the page currently loaded for sending via SMS/MME/e-mail. Display last Internet sites to be visited. Disconnect the Internet. Save object on the current page or save the complete page; display saved pages. Set or reset browser
(p. 70). Exit browser Close the browser. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (70) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 70 Surf & fun End connection B Press and hold to clear down the connection and close the browser. Navigation in the browser C Select a link. B I Settings, status on/off. Press briefly: back a page. One input field/link forward/back. Scroll one line. Display symbols in the browser
(selection) Connect No network Network GPRS online Enter special characters
*, 0 Select important special characters. Browser settings COInternet Options Open menu. Settings Browser Select. Set start option as well as handling of pictures and sounds plus send options. The list of profiles is dis-
played for activation/setting. For more information, con-
tact your service provider. Set protocol parameters, push messages and abort time as well as handling of cookies. Set encryption. Reset session; delete cache, history and cookies. Profiles Protocol parameters Security Context Your Internet browser is licensed by:
m
f
. t e n r e t n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (71) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Surf & fun 71 Bookmarks COBookmarks Display URL/call up page List bookmarks Select bookmark. I C Call up URL. Save Bookmark site Display list of bookmarks stored in the phone. The current page is saved in the phone as a book-
mark. Bookmark options Options Open menu. Here you will find functions for changing and managing bookmarks and their folders. This includes edit-
ing individual entries with the corre-
sponding URLs as well as deleting and moving them to other folders. Profiles Preparation of the phone for Internet access depends on the service pro-
vider concerned:
Profile pre-set In most cases, access profiles have already been created for one or more service provider(s). Select profile. I C Activate profile. Set profile manually If necessary, contact your service provider. Options Open menu. Edit Start processing. For the Internet-specific settings below, please contact your service provider. Delete selected profile. Delete m
f
. t e n r e t n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (72) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 72 Surf & fun Surf & fun Games and Applications V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Games and applications are offered on the Internet. Once downloaded these are available to you on your phone. Most applications include instructions. Some applications and games are already pre-installed on your phone. You will find these listed here:
www.siemens-mobile.com/c65 Requirements Browser profile (p. 71) and the access (p. 86) must be configured. Download Select the correct access depending on whether you are loading games or applications:
COGames orCOApplications In addition to URLs and service pro-
viders for the download, any avail-
able applications/games and folders will be displayed. Select a service provider or URL. Download new I C Start WAP browser and visit URL. Only description file The description file is loaded for information purposes only. The appli-
cation/game itself must be loaded separately. or complete download The application/game is completely loaded. Apply Remember that applications/games may be protected (DRM, p. 17). The executable applica-
tion is saved on the phone and can be started immediately. m
f
. s p p A
s e m a G _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (73) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Surf & fun 73 Additional information You can use Browser to download applications
(e.g. ringtones, games, pictures, animations) from the Internet. Downloading or running appli-
cations will not affect or change the software already installed on your Java-enabled mobile phone. Siemens excludes all warranty and liability claims in respect of or in connection with any applica-
tions subsequently installed by the customer and any software not included in the original delivery package. This also applies to functions enabled subsequently at the customer's instigation. The purchaser bears sole risk for the loss of, damage to, and any defects arising in, this device or the applications and for any direct damage or conse-
quential damage of whatever nature resulting from the use of this application. For technical reasons, such applications and sub-
sequent enabling of certain functions are lost in the event of the device being replaced/re-sup-
plied and may be lost if it is repaired. In such cases, the buyer is required to download or release the application again. Please ensure that your phone has Digital Rights Management
(DRM) so that individual applications downloaded via Internet are protected from unauthorised reproduction. These applications are then exclu-
sively intended for your phone and cannot be transferred from this even to create a backup. Siemens does not warranty, guarantee or accept any liability for the customer's ability to download or enable applications again, or to do so free of charge. If technically possible, secure your appli-
cations on the PC with the mobile phone man-
ager, p. 111. Download wiz. CODownload wiz. You will not be left on your own dur-
ing the download!
Additional information You can control games with the joystick or by using the following keypad controls:
1 3 64 7 9 2 5 8 Games and applications options Processing and managing your appli-
cations and folders:
Move Move applications between folders. New folder Create and name new folder. Reinstall Security Reinstall Reinstall an application
(update). Select a safety level. Repeat after transmission error. Attributes Show details of the applica-
tion/folder (name, version, size, path, producer, date). Display profile list for activation/setting HTTP profile
(For standard functions see p. 19) m
f
. s p p A
s e m a G _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (74) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 74 Setup Setup Profiles CTProfiles Several settings can be stored in a phone profile in order, for example, to adapt the phone to the surround-
ing level of noise. Five standard profiles are provided with default settings. They can be changed however:
Normal environment Quiet environment Noisy environment Car Kit Headset You can set two personal profiles
(<Name>). The special profile Airplane mode is fixed and cannot be changed. Switch on I C Switch on profile. Select default profile or personal profile. Profile settings Edit a default profile or create a new personal profile:
I Select profile. Options Open menu. Change sett. Select. The list of available functions is dis-
played. When you have finished setting a function, you return to the profile menu where you can change a fur-
ther setting. Additional information Call up the list in standby mode:
G The active profile is identified with . Profile list is displayed. m f
. s e
l i f o r P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (75) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Setup 75 Airplane mode The acoustic signals and vibration for the alarms (appointments, alarm clock) are switched off. The alarms continue to be shown in the display only. Switch on H C Confirm selection. C Confirm safety prompt Scroll to Airplane mode. again to activate the pro-
file. The phone switches itself off automatically. Normal mode When you switch on your phone again, the previously set profile will be reactivated automatically. Profile options Options Open menu. Activate Activate selected profile. Change sett. Change profile settings. Copy from Copy settings from another profile. Change personal profile
(except default profiles). Rename Car Kit If an original Siemens Car Kit is used, the profile is switched on automati-
cally when the phone is inserted into the cradle (also see accessories). Headset The profile is only switched on auto-
matically if an original Siemens headset is used (see accessories also). m f
. s e
l i f o r P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (76) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 76 Topics CTTopics Load a completely new visual pre-
sentation onto your phone. At the press of a key, various functions are re-organised on a theme basis, e. g. switch on/off animation, back-
ground image, screensaver, switch on/off melody, additional anima-
tions. theme files are compressed to save memory space. After being down-
loaded (p. 72) or called up from My stuff, these are automatically unzipped when activated. Activate new theme I C Display theme preview. C Activate new theme. Select theme. m
f
. s e m e h T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (77) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:18) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Display CTDisplay Select function. Language Set the language for the display text. When "automatic" is set, the lan-
guage of your home service provider is used. If a language that you do not under-
stand happens to be set, the phone can be reset to the language of your home service provider with the fol-
lowing input (in standby mode):
* # 0 0 0 0 # A Text input T9 preferred Activate/deactivate intelligent text entry. Input language Select language for text entry. Languages with T9 support are marked with the T9 symbol. Setup 77 Wallpaper Set wallpaper graphic for the display. Logo Choose graphic to be displayed instead of the provider logo. Color setting Select colour scheme, incl. back-
ground image for the entire user interface Screensaver The screensaver shows a picture in the display when a period set by you has elapsed. An incoming call and/or pressing any key will end the func-
tion except if the safety function is activated. Preview Display the screensaver. Style Select Analog clock, Digital clock, Bitmap, Energy saving. Bitmap Select image in My stuff. Setup m l
f
. y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (78) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:18) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 78 Setup Timeout Set period after which the screen-
saver starts. Security The phone code is requested to stop the screensaver. Auto key lock Automatic keypad locking if no key has been pressed for one minute in standby mode. Unlocking:# Press and hold. Note The "picture" (animated) and "digital clock"
screensavers significantly reduce the phones standby time. Start up anim. Select animation to be shown when the phone is switched on. Shutdn anim. Select animation to be shown when phone is switched off. Greeting Enter greeting to be displayed instead of animation when phone is switched on. Large letters You can choose between two font sizes for the display. Illumination Set display illumination to brighter/
darker. The darker the setting the longer the standby time. Press the joystick repeat-
edly at the top/bottom to adjust up or down. I Contrast Set display contrast. I Press the joystick repeat-
edly at the top/bottom to adjust up or down. m l
f
. y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (79) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Setup 79 Volume Set different volumes for types of call/functions. I Select Incoming call Messages Alarm clock Organizer System Applications Set volume. C The ringtone is repeated. I C Confirm setting. Additional information Please make sure you have accepted the call before holding the phone to your ear. This will avoid damage to your hearing from loud ringtones. Ring tones CTRing tones Select function. Set the signal tones on the phone to suit your requirements. Ringer setting On/off Activate/deactivate all tones. Reduce ringtone to a short signal (beep). Beep Silent alert To avoid the disturbance caused by a ringing phone, you can activate the silent alert function as an alterna-
tive. The silent alert can also be acti-
vated in addition to the ringtone
(e.g. in noisy environments). This function is deactivated when the battery is being loaded and accesso-
ries are connected (except the head-
set). Select from several silent alert versions. I Setup m i
f
. s e n o t g n R _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (80) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 80 Setup Assign ringtone A ringtone which has already been selected will be played or the list of possible ringtones will be displayed for selection. d Calls Assign a single ringtone to all phone numbers in the Addressbook. Group calls Assign a different ringtone to each group. Other calls Assign one ringtone to the remain-
ing callers. More melodies Assign further ringtones for:
Messages Alarm clock Organizer Startup melody Shutdown mel. or record new ones with:
Sound recorder (p. 104) m i
f
. s e n o t g n R _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (81) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:19) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Call setup CTCall setup Select function. Hide ID b When you make a call, your phone number can be displayed on the recipient's display (depending on the service providers). To suppress this display, you can enable the "Hide ID" mode for all sub-
sequent calls or just for the next call. You may need to register separately with your service provider for these functions. Call waiting b If you are registered for this service, you can check whether it is set and you can activate/deactivate it. Divert You can specify the conditions under which calls should be diverted to your mailbox or other numbers. Status check You can check the current divert sta-
tus for all conditions. After a short pause, the current situation is trans-
mitted by the network and dis-
played. Setup 81 Condition set. Not set. Display if status is unknown (e.g. with a new SIM card). b Clear all All set diversions are cleared. Set up call divert (example) The most common condition for call divert is, for example:
Unanswered I b Select Unanswered.
(Includes the conditions Not reachable, No reply, Busy, see below) C Confirm. Set C Confirm.
/J Select or enter the phone number to which the calls are to be diverted. Mailbox Use existing mail-
box phone numbers, or enter them if necessary. C Confirm. After a short Select. pause, the setting is con-
firmed by the network. Setup m f
. p u t e S l l
a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (82) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:19) 82 Setup Call screening b Only calls from phone numbers that are in the Phonebook/Addressbook or assigned to a group are signalled. Other calls are only displayed. Any key Incoming calls can be accepted by pressing any key (except for B). Minute beep During a call you have initiated you, and only you, will hear a beep every minute so you can check the calls duration. The recipient does not hear this beep. display in standby mode. b All calls All calls are diverted. Icon in the top line of the Not reachable Divert occurs if the phone is switched off or is out of range. No reply A call is only diverted after a delay that is determined by the network. The period can be set to a maximum of 30 seconds in 5 second intervals. Busy Divert occurs if a call is in progress. If Call waiting is activated (p. 29) you will hear the call waiting tone during a call (p. 30). Receiving data Data calls are diverted to a phone number with a PC connection. Additional information Note that the divert is stored in the network and not in the phone (e.g., when the SIM card is changed). Reactivate divert The last divert has been stored. Proceed as with "Set divert". The stored phone number is displayed. Confirm number. b m f
. p u t e S l l
a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (83) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Setup 83 Phone identity The phone identity number (IMEI) is displayed. This information may be useful for customer service. Alternatively enter in standby mode:
* # 0 6 #
Info Display further informa-
tion about the appliance. Device check A self-test and an individual test are offered after the last information page. If you select Self test, all indi-
vidual tests are carried out. Software version Display the software version for your phone in standby mode:
* # 0 6 #, then press Info. Memory assis. The delete assistant will help you if there is insufficient phone memory. It is also started automatically from applications if necessary. After capacity has been checked, all files and folders are displayed along with their size and may be opened/
viewed and deleted if applicable. Phone setup CTPhone setup Select function. Key tones Set the type of acoustic key acknowledgement. Info tones Set service and alarm tones:
On/off Extended If switched on, a wider range of service tones is available, e.g.: end of menu reached, network connection interrupted. Activate/deactivate tones. Press. Automatic switch off The phone switches off each day at the set time. Activate Time J Enter time C Confirm. Deactivate Manual C Confirm.
(24-hour clock). Press. Setup m
f
. p u t e S e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (84) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 84 Setup My stuff Format
(Phone-code protected) The phone memory is formatted and all saved data such as ringtones, pic-
tures, games etc. are deleted. For-
matting may take longer than 1 minute. Clean up Creating more memory by deleting temporary files that are no longer required. Master reset Reset phone to default values (fac-
tory setting). This does not affect the SIM card or the network settings. Alternatively enter in standby mode:
* # 9 9 9 9 # A m
f
. p u t e S e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (85) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Select function. Clock CTClock Time/date The clock must be set correctly once at start-up. Change J First enter the date (day/
month/year), then the time (hours/minutes/
seconds). Additional information If the battery is removed for longer than 30 seconds, the clock must be reset. Press. Time zones The time zone can be selected in the world map or a city list:
Setup 85 Date format Select the display format for the date. Time format Select 24h or 12h. Buddhist year Switch to the Buddhist year (not on all phone models). Show clock Activate/deactivate time display in standby mode. Auto time zone b The time zone is identified automati-
cally. ing. Select a city in the selected time zone. World mapF Select the desired record-
City list I Options Open menu. Set Set time zone. Auto time Have the time zone set auto-
zone=
matically by the network. Search city Search for a city. Help Operating instructions. Setup m l
f
. k c o C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (86) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 86 Connectivity CTConnectivity Select function. GPRS
(General Packet Radio Service) C Switch GPRS on/off b GPRS is a method for transmitting data faster in the mobile network. Use GPRS and, if the network has suf-
ficient capacity, you can be con-
nected to the Internet permanently. Only the actual transmission time is charged by the network operator. Some service providers do not yet support this service. Shown in the display:
Activated and available. Registered. Temporarily interrupted. GPRS info Displays information on connection status. IrDA Your phone has an infrared inter-
face. With this interface, you can exchange data such as pictures, ring-
tones, Addressbook entries, busi-
ness cards or organiser data with other devices which also have an infrared interface. The infrared interface is on the left side of the phone. The distance between the two devices must not exceed 30 cm. The infrared windows in both appliances must be aligned as accurately as possible with each other. Shown on the display:
IrDA activated. During transmission. Data services Basic setting and activation of the connection profiles for data trans-
mission such as MMS, WAP. The phone default setting varies from service provider to service pro-
vider. The settings have already been implemented by the provider. You can start immediately. Access profiles have already been created by your provider. Then select profile and activate. The access profiles must be con-
figured manually. m
f
. y t i v i t c e n n o C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (87) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Select the profile. If necessary, check with your service provider for details. You will also find the current settings for the service provider on the Internet at this address:
www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare in the FAQ section. Select profile I C Confirm selection. Set profile I Options Open menu. Edit I Edit Open the selection. Select CSD settings, and/or GPRS settings. Make the settings as specified by your service provider. Select the profile. Setup 87 HTTP profile The phone default setting varies from service provider to service pro-
vider. The settings have already been implemented by the provider. You can start immediately. Access profiles have already been created by your provider. Then select and activate profile. The access profiles must be con-
figured manually. If necessary, check with your service provider for details. You will also find the current settings for the service provider on the Internet at this address:
www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare in the FAQ section. I Authentication Activate or deactivate encrypted Internet dial-up (CSD connections only). Make the settings. m
f
. y t i v i t c e n n o C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (88) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 88 Security CTSecurity Select function. Auto key lock The keypad is locked automatically if no key has been pressed for one minute in standby mode. This pre-
vents the phone from being used accidentally. However, you can still be called and you can still make an emergency call. Additional information The keypad can also be directly locked and unlocked in idle state. In each case:
Press and hold. Direct call
(Phone-code protected) Only one phone number can be dialled (see also p. 32). b Only
(PIN2 or phone-code protected) Dialling options are restricted to SIM-
protected phone numbers in the Phonebook. If only area codes are entered, relevant phone numbers can be added to these manually before dialling. If the SIM card does not support PIN2 input, the whole Phonebook can be protected with the phone code. This SIM only
(Phone-code protected) The phone can be connected to a SIM card when the phone code is entered. Unless the phone code is known the phone will not operate with a different SIM card. If the phone is to be used with a dif-
ferent SIM card, enter the phone code when requested. Codes For description see p. 21:
PIN control, Change PIN, Change PIN2, Chg.phonecode b m
f
. y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (89) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Setup 89 When roaming You do not receive calls when you are outside your home network. This means that no charges are incurred for incoming calls. Status check The following information can be displayed after a status check:
Barring set. Barring not set. Status unknown
(e. g. new SIM card). Clear all All barrings are deleted. A password which the service provider will give you is necessary for this function. b Barring Barring restricts the use of your SIM card (not supported by all ser-
vice providers). You need a 4-digit network password for network bar-
ring. Your service provider will give you this password. You may need to be registered separately for each barring. All outgoing All outgoing calls except emergency numbers are barred. Outgo internat
(International outgoing) Only national calls can be made. Out.int.x home
(International outgoing without home country) International calls are not permitted. However you can make calls to your home country when abroad. All incoming The phone is barred for all incoming calls (forwarding all calls to mailbox provides a similar effect). m
f
. y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (90) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 90 Network CTNetwork Select function. Line b This function is only displayed if it is supported by the service provider. Two separate phone numbers must be registered on the phone. Select line Select the currently used phone number.\ Display current phone number in standby mode. Protected
(Phone-code protected) You may limit usage to one phone number. Additional information Special settings may be made for each phone number (e.g., melody, call divert etc.) To do this, first switch to the required phone number. Switch from phone number/connection in standby mode:
0 Line 1 Press. Press. Network info The list of GSM networks currently available is displayed. Indicates non-authorised service providers
(depending on SIM card). Choose netwrk Network search is restarted. This is useful if you are not on your home network or want to register on a dif-
ferent network. The network list is rebuilt when Auto network is set. Auto network Activate/deactivate, see also Choose netwrk above. If "Automatic network"
is activated, the next network on the list is dialled in ranking order of your
"preferred networks". Otherwise a different network can be selected manually from the list of the avail-
able GSM networks. Preferred net Enter your preferred service provid-
ers here for when you leave your home network (e.g. if there are dif-
ferences in price). Your service provider is displayed:
List Display list of preferred networks. m
f
. k r o w t e N _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (91) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Create/change entry:
<Empty>
or select an existing entry, then select a new service provider in the list and confirm. Record new service provider (last entry in the list):
Furth.network Select, enter the provider data and save it. Additional information If you are outside your home network, your phone automatically dials another GSM network. If the signal strength of the preferred net-
work is inadequate when you switch on the phone, the phone may register in a different network. This can change when the tele-
phone is next switched on or if another net-
work is selected manually. Band selection b Select either GSM 900, GSM 1800 or GSM 1900. Fast search When this function is active, net-
work reconnection is speeded up
(standby time is reduced). Setup 91 User group b Depending on the service provider, you can create groups with this ser-
vice. These can have access to inter-
nal (company) information, for example, or special tariffs apply. The details can be clarified with your ser-
vice provider. Active Activate/deactivate function. "User group" must be deactivated for nor-
mal phone use. Select group You can select or add groups other than preferred groups (see below). Code numbers for the groups are obtained from your service provider. All outgoing In addition to network control for a user group, it is possible to set whether outgoing calls outside the group are permitted. If the function is deactivated, only calls within the group are permitted. Pref. group If activated, calls may only be made within this standard user group
(depending on the network configu-
ration). m
f
. k r o w t e N _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (92) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Headset Only in conjunction with an original Siemens headset (see accessories). If an original Siemens headset is used the profile is activated automatically when the headset is plugged in. Auto answer
(factory default: off) Calls are accepted automatically after a few seconds (except where the ringer is switched off or set to beep). You should therefore be wearing the headset. Automatic setting Accept call with Call key or PTT key
(Push To Talk), even when the auto key lock is activated. Auto answer If you do not notice that your phone has accepted a call, there is the danger that the caller may eavesdrop. Setup 92 Accessories CTAccessories Select function. Car Kit Only in combination with an original Siemens handsfree car kit (see accessories). The car kit profile is activated automatically when the phone is inserted into the cradle. Auto answer
(factory default: off) Calls are accepted automatically after a few seconds. Eavesdropping is possible!
Shown on the display. Automatic switch off
(factory default: 2 hours) The phone is powered by the car's power supply. You can adjust the time between switching off the igni-
tion and the phone switching off automatically. Car loudspk. Improves playback in certain circum-
stances. Automatic settings Permanent illumination:
switched on. Key lock: switched off. Charging the phone battery. Auto. activation of car kit profile when the phone is inserted. m
f
. y r o s s e c c A p u t e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (93) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) My menu C Press. My menu Press. Create your own menu with fre-
quently used functions, phone numbers or WAP pages. The list of 10 entries is preset. You can, however, change it as you wish. Select the required entry. Use I C Confirm. Or A If the entry selected is a phone number, you can also call it with the Call key. My menu 93 Change menu You can replace each entry (110) with another entry from the selec-
tion list. Select the required entry. The function list is opened for selection. Select the new entry from the list. I Change I C Confirm. The entry is saved. If Phonebook is selected, the phone number must also be selected; if Internet is selected, the bookmark must also be selected. Reset all
(Telephone code required) Reset all Select. Following confir-
mation, the pre-assign-
ment is reset. m
f
. u n e M y M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (94) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:21) 94 Fast access Fast access You can assign one important phone number or a function to each one of the two soft keys and number keys 2 to 9 (speed-dial numbers). The phone number can then be dialled or the function started at the touch of a button. Z X Service provider 01.03.2004 Internet 10:10 Help Additional information The service provider may have already assigned functions to a soft key (e.g., access to "SIM services" or direct call-up of the Internet portal). It may not be possible to modify this key assignment. The left soft key may sometimes be replaced automatically by p/ to access a new message, for example. Soft keys Change For example, the Internet function is assigned to the soft key. To change this (in standby mode):
Press briefly. Internet Change Scroll to new assignment in the list. C Confirm. Special case Phone number. Pick out a name from the Phonebook/
Addressbook for assignment to the key. Special case Bookmark. Scroll to a URL in the bookmark list for assignment to the key. Apply In standby mode:
Application The "Internet" is just used as an example here. Internet Press and hold; the appli-
cation is started. Phone number The setting "Carol" is used here only as an example. Carol Press and hold, the phone number is dialled. m i
f
. l a D t s a F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (95) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:21) Fast access 95 Speed dialling keys Number keys 2 to 9 can be used as speed dialling numbers for fast access. Number key 1 is reserved for the mailbox phone number (p. 60) and number key 0 is reserved for switching over two connections dur-
ing use (p. 90). Change In standby mode:
3 Press number key briefly Set Or
(e.g. the 3). This number is still free:
Press. Select a new function from the list and confirm with OK. An assignment has already been made to this key (assignment dis-
played above the right soft key):
C Press briefly. Change Scroll to application in the list.C Confirm. Special case Phone number. Pick out a name from the Phonebook/
Addressbook for assignment to the key. Special case Bookmark. Scroll to a URL in the bookmark list for assignment to the key. Apply Select a stored phone number or start a stored application
(e.g. Internet). In standby mode:
3 Press briefly. The assignment of the number key 3 is displayed above the right soft key e.g.:
Internet Press and hold. Or simply3 Press and hold. m i
f
. l a D t s a F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (96) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) 96 Organizer Organizer Calendar CQCalendar You can enter appointments in the calendar. Time and date must be set for the calendar to work correctly. The calendar offers you three views:
Monthly view Special colour coding:
Day with entries for appointments, day of the week, weekend. One week forward/back. Navigation:F One day forward/back. I C Open daily view. Weekly view Special displays:
Appointments are shown as a verti-
cal colour bar on the horizontal hour division. Navigation:F One day forward/back. I Forward/backward by the hour through the day. Daily view Special displays:
Description of appointment. To the start/end of the day or next/last entry. Navigation:F One day forward/back. I Calend. setup CQCalend. setup Start of day:
Time when the working day begins. Start of week:
Weekday on which the monthly and weekly view on the left starts. Weekend Set the days for the weekend. Synchronising with a PC With the mobile phone manager (p. 111) you can synchronise appointments, tasks and memos with Outlook. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (97) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Appointments CQAppointments Appointments are displayed in chro-
nological order in a list. Enter new appointment
<New entry>
Select. Types:
c Memo d Voice memo Text input for description. e Enter voice memo. Shown with alarm. Call Enter phone number to be displayed with the alarm. f Meeting g Vacation h Birthday Enter start and end date. Text input for description. Enter name and date. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Organizer 97 Different input/selection fields are displayed depending on the type. The number of fields can be restricted, see Default at the end of the list. Description:
Description of appointment. Phone number:
Enter a phone number or select one from the address directory. Voice memo:
Enter a voice recording, see Dictation mac, p. 100. Location:
Location of appointment. Whole day:
All-day appointment: Yes/No Start date:
Date when appointment starts. Start time:
Time when appointment starts. End date:
Date when appointment ends. End time:
Time when appointment ends. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (98) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Information on the alarm When the set date and time are reached there is an audio and a visual alarm. If an alarm is missed it appears in the list of missed appoint-
ments (p. 99). Alarm type Memo Meeting: The text is shown in the dis-
play. Alarm type Call: The phone number is displayed and can be dialled immediately. Alarm type Birthday: You can send special birthday greetings by SMS, MMS or a call via Options. With Snooze you can set the alarm to repeat. 98 Organizer Alarm time:
On/off or Silent alert. J Enter the period of time before the appointment and select the time unit:
Minutes, Hours, Days Recurrence:
Select a timeframe for repeating the appointment:
No, Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Yearly Enter a parameter for repeating:
Forever, Until, Events (number). If Weekly is selected, certain week-
days can be highlighted. Default In the list, select those fields which are to be offered for future entries. Additional information Display above set alarms:
Alarm clock Appointment An alarm sounds even when the phone is switched off (except in Airplane mode, p. 75). The phone does not go to standby mode. Pressing any key will lead to Snooze (see below). m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (99) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Organizer 99 Tasks CQTasks A task is displayed like an appoint-
ment in the agenda of the selected day. However, unlike an appoint-
ment it does not require a time. When no time is entered the task appears at the top of the list every day until it is marked as completed. The entries are made in the same way as Appointments (see "Appoint-
ments"). Then press Status:
Select Done or Outstanding. Priority:
Selection in 5 levels from Lowest to Highest. Use date If activated with Yes, the following time-input option is offered. Due date:/Expiry time:
Enter the date and time by which the task is to be completed. Alarm: and Default as for Appointments. Notes CQNotes Write and administer brief text memos. Enter a new memo
<New entry>
J Input text. The first line is displayed as a "title" in the memo list. Total length:
max. 160 characters. Select. Options Open menu. Save Save memo. When Confi-
dential is selected, a memo is protected with the phone code. Missed appts. CQMissed appts. Events with an alarm (Appointments, Tasks) to which you have not reacted are listed for reading. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (100) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Organizer 100 Organizer options Depending on the application used
(Calendar, Appointments, Tasks, Notes) and the current situation, different functions are offered. Options Open menu. Delete Delete entry. Delete until Delete all entries prior to a Delete all certain date. Delete all entries after confirmation. Delete done Delete all completed tasks. Activate/
Deactivate Filter Switch alarm on/off. Display all entries with the selected feature. Confidential Protect note with phone code. We recommend that you do not store any pass-
words (PIN, TAN etc.) as notes.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Dictation mac CQDictation mac Use the dictating machine to record short voice memos. Use your phone as a dictating machine when on the move. Record a memo as a reminder or as a note for others. Add a voice memo to an appoint-
ment in the calendar. Record a call useful for remem-
bering numbers or addresses. Warning!
The use of this feature may be subject to restrictions under criminal law. Please inform the other party to the conver-
sation in advance if you want to record the conversation and please keep such record-
ings confidential. You may only use this feature if the other party to the conversation agrees. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (101) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Organizer 101 Time zones CQTime zones The time zone can be selected in the world map or a city list:
recording. Select a city in the selected time zone. World mapF Select the desired City list I Time zone options Options Open menu. Set Auto time zone=
Specify the time zone. The time zone is switched automatically to local time by the network. Search city Search for a city. Help Operating instructions. New recording
<New entry>
Select. The remaining time avail-
able, as well as the record-
ing time, are shown in the display. the recording starts. Now say the text. C A brief tone sounds when C Alternate between D pause/record. End recording. The recording is automat-
ically saved with a time stamp. Rename with Options. Select the desired recording. Playback I C Alternate between D/E Press and hold for rapid playback/pause. rewind and fast forward. Dictating machine options Options Open menu. Loudspeaker Playback through the built-in loudspeaker.
(For standard functions, see p. 19) m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (102) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 102 Media player Media player When you are viewing a picture or listening to a melody, the applica-
tion starts a media playback. F Browse to the next media 0 9 Switch on display illumi-
file. nation. Pictures The following functions can be applied to a displayed picture:
C Zoom function if the dis-
played picture has a higher resolution than the display. The two soft keys
(+/) enlarge/reduce the picture. The joystick moves the picture detail. 5 Centre the picture.
# Switch to full screen Send mode and back again. E.g., send via MM S. Melodies The media playback offers the fol-
lowing functions for melody play-
Set volume. Pause function. on the situation. back:C Play or stop, depending I
* Switch to mute. Stop B End playback. Options Options Open menu. Different functions are offered depending on the starting situation and the object. Volume Set as... Slideshow Set the volume with the joy-
stick. Set picture as Wallpaper, Logo for example, and sounds for Incoming call, Startup melody, for exam-
ple. Automatic run-through in full-picture mode. Individual picture connection with joy-
stick. Access to picture editing. Edit
(For standard functions see p. 19) m l i
f
. r e y a P a d e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (103) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) Extras 103 Switch to the week days. H F Navigate to the various C Display options: alarm call days. time and days. Alarm clock On 07:30 Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Edit OK C Set days for alarm calls. Press again to delete the highlighting. Press and hold to high-
light/unhighlight all the days. Confirm setting. OK Additional information With Snooze you can set the alarm to repeat. Screen display in standby mode: alarm clock activated. Extras SIM services (optional) CSSIM services Your service provider may offer spe-
cial applications such as mobile banking, share prices, etc. via the SIM card. If you have such a SIM card, the SIM services will appear in the main menu under "Extras" or directly above the soft key (on the left). U Symbol for SIM services. Where there are several applications, these are displayed in a SIM services menu. With the SIM services menu, your phone is ready to support future additions in your service pro-
vider's user package. For further information, please contact your ser-
vice provider. Alarm clock CSAlarm clock The alarm will ring at the time set by you, even when the phone is switched off. F Activate/deactivate the H J Set alarm call time alarm. Switch to time setting.
(hh:mm). m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (104) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Extras 104 Sound recorder Use the Sound recorder to record noises or sounds for use as ring-
tones. The Sound recorder is usually started from other applications/func-
tions such as assigning a ringtone. New recording Start from main menu:
CSSound recorder
<New entry>
Select. The remaining time avail-
able, as well as the record-
ing time, are shown in the display. Start it from another application as follows The recording display appears:
C A brief tone sounds when C Alternate between pause/
D the recording starts. record. End recording. The recording is saved with a timestamp in the Sounds folder. Rename with Options. Transfer the recording into the application. Insert Select the desired recording. Playback I C Alternate between D/E Press and hold for rapid Options Open menu. Loudspeaker Playback via the built-in rewind and fast forward. playback/pause. Set as... loudspeaker. Set the recording as a ringtone.
(For standard functions see p. 19) m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (105) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) Extras 105 Calc. CSCalc. The calculator can be used in a basic version and with an advanced range of functions. The input line and two calculation lines (including the matrix with the calculation func-
tions) are located in the top half of the display. J Enter digit(s). F/I Navigate functions. C Use function. The result is calculated and displayed immediately. Basic functions:
1/x
. Options Basic calculation types Result Reversion Convert to percentage Decimal point. Sign change "+"/""
Expansion of the range of functions:
Square root Square Exponent Save displayed number Call up saved number Insert number from memory m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i x x2 e MS MR M+
b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i Calculator options Options Open menu. Convert Call up the unit con-
verter with the current result. Delete all units. Convert calculation functions. Clear all Extended mode/
Basic mode
(For standard functions see p. 19) Unit converter CSUnit converter You can convert various measure-
ment units into other measurement units. The following types are offered with various units:
Velocity Energy Mass Pressure Time Volume Area Length Power Temperature Currency Example using Velocity units:
Type Velocity Units Kilometers/h, Meters/sec, Miles/h, Miles/sec, Knots, Mach V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (106) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) 106 Extras Converting the units/currency F Select the source unit/
currency. H Switch to the input field. J Enter the quantity to be converted. H Switch to the selection field. F Select the target mea-
surement unit/currency. The result is displayed. You can use both input fields alter-
nately. Special key functions:
* Enter decimal point.
# Change sign. Currency When you call up the function, you must enter a basic currency into which the conversions are to be made. J Enter currency Save Now enter the name and exchange rate of the currency to be converted.
(e.g. euro). Store entry. Edit rate Options Open menu. Add currency Enter new currency and Set as base exchange rate. Use entered currency as basic currency. Change the exchange rate of the basic currency. Calc. Start calculator.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Stopwatch CSStopwatch C Start/stop.
* Save intermediate time. After a stop:C Reset to zero. Stopwatch options Options Open menu. Stopwatch list Display saved entries.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Two intermediate times can be recorded and saved. m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (107) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Extras 107 Remote synchronisation CSRemote sync. You can use this function remotely to access externally filed data
(addresses, calendar, etc.) and syn-
chronise these with the data on your phone. The data can, for example, be saved on a company computer or the Internet, e. g.:
www.siemens-mobile.com/syncml Synchronise Sync The computer is selected and synchronisation started. When completed, the actions which have been performed are dis-
played. Scroll through the various displays. Next Sync. setting The following settings can be made prior to synchronisation:
Sync. profile You can choose between 5 profiles. I C Activate profile. Select profile. Countdown CSCountdown A set time elapses. The last 3 seconds are indicated by a beep. At the end a special beep sounds. If no time has been entered:
C Open input window. J Set period of time. C Confirm. C Start countdown. C Interrupt counter. C Let counter continue If a countdown time is specified:
While the time is elapsing:
running. Reset Reset counter to starting time. m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (108) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) 108 Extras Or Edit Server sett. Providers Homepage:
Port:
Login:
Password:
Calendar path Contacts path Set profile Display the current service provider. Set the homepage Enter port number. e.g. 80. Enter user name
(login name). Enter password (shown as a series of asterisks). e.g., events e.g., contacts Notes path e.g., notes e.g., tasks Confirmation required;
Yes/No (if No, the input fields are not visible). Task path HTTP authentica-
tion. HTTP name: Enter name. HTTP password:
Enter password. Last sync:
Time of the last synchronisation. Sync. mode Sync data: Modified data or All data Sync instruction: Two-way, Device update or Server update Date range Select On/off Enter the time in weeks in which entries (past and future) are to be synchronised. Sync items:
Highlight database areas to be synchronised:
Calendar Address book Notes Tasks C Save settings. m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (109) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) My stuff 109 My stuff To organise your files, you can use the file system like a PC file manager. There are some folders for the various data types in My stuff for this purpose.CN Select file/folder in lists. as required in the pre-
view. The list of the folders and files is displayed. Navigation I F/I The cursor can be moved C Open folder or start file
<New picture>/<New Sound>
The application for the folder cur-
rently selected is loaded.
<New downl.>
The WAP browser is started and the URLs for downloading displayed. with related application. My stuff options Options Open menu. Move Copy Paste Place highlighted file(s) or folder in temporary mem-
ory. Place highlighted file(s) or folder in temporary mem-
ory. Transfer content of tempo-
rary memory into current folder. Create a new folder and name it. Switch over to miniature view. Display information on file or folder selected.
(For standard functions see p. 19) New folder Attributes Preview m l i
f
. r e d o F a d e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (110) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) My stuff 110 Index structure Some folders have already been created for different data types in My stuff. These folders cannot be changed. Folder Pictures Description Pictures Format bmp bmx jpg/jpeg png gif bmx gif mid amr wav sdt stc scs jar jad
tmo vmo Anima-
tions Sounds Switch on/off animations Melodies Themes Skins Games Applica-
tions Misc Loaded theme
(zipped) Theme configura-
tion (unzipped) Loaded user inter-
faces Java archive Download info Applications Text modules Voice recordings Depending on the service provider, the structure, content and functionality of My stuff may vary. m l i
f
. r e d o F a d e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (111) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Mobile Phone Manager 111 Mobile Phone Manager Contacts management V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 You can use contacts management to manage, delete and edit the per-
sonal contacts on your phone and to add new ones. You can compare and copy contacts between your phone, Microsoft Outlook and other Siemens phones (including Gigaset). SMS and MMS management
(messages) You can create MMS and SMS mes-
sages conveniently using your PC. This means you can use all the options your PC offers, and use your sounds and pictures to create MMS and EMS messages. You can read, forward, print, delete and archive your messages. The Windows PC program, Mobile Phone Manager, allows you to use extended phone functions from your PC. Among other things, you can easily manage your phones Address-
book, read, store and send SMS and MMS messages, or synchronise your phone with Outlook. The phone and PC communicate with one another via a data cable
(Accessories, p. 131). MPM Mobile Phone Manager You can download the software from the Internet:
www.siemens-mobile.com/c65 m
f
. r e g a n a M e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (112) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 112 Mobile Phone Manager Synchronisation (SmartSync) Bookmark management
(browser & bookmarks) At the touch of a key you can syn-
chronise the contacts, appoint-
ments, notes and tasks on your mobile phone with Microsoft Outlook. Any changes you have made on your phone are automati-
cally transferred to your Outlook database. In the same way, changes and new entries from Outlook are updated in the phone. Backup and restore Use your PC to browse through Inter-
net and define your preferred Browser sites. Save the Internet addresses as bookmarks on your phone so that you can find them quickly at a later time when you are on the move. Phone Explorer You can access your phones file sys-
tem with the Phone Explorer. Files such as photos and sounds can easily be copied between your phone and PC by dragging and dropping. You can use the backup function to save backup copies of your phone data regularly to your PC. If you should lose the data you have in your phone or change your phone you can quickly re-instate all the data using the restore function. m
f
. r e g a n a M e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (113) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Processing pictures and photos
(images) Ringtone and MP3 management
(sounds) Mobile Phone Manager 113 Picture/photo processing offers the user the opportunity to conveniently create, edit and manage pictures and photos. Filters and effects are offered with which to create attrac-
tive graphics. The user-friendly inter-
face makes it easy to transfer pic-
tures from and into the mobile phone and to change their graphic settings (e.g. background images). The sound module offers the user the opportunity to conveniently manage just about any sound format and store it on the phone. In addition it supports MP3 play lists and the configuration of their ringtones. It is not possible to manage or play back MP3 files. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m
f
. r e g a n a M e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (114) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:25) 114 Questions & Answers Questions & Answers If you have any questions on the use of your phone, you can contact us at www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare around the clock. As further help we have listed below some frequently asked questions and answers. Problem Phone cannot be switched on. Possible solution Press On/Off key for at least 2 seconds. Possible causes On/Off key not pressed long enough. Flat battery. Charge battery. Check charging indicator in the display. Clean contacts. Too little standby time. Charging error
(charge icon not displayed). SIM error. Battery contacts dirty. See also below under Charging error. Frequent use of applications such as organiser, games, camera. Fast search activated. Display illumination switched on. Switch off display illumination (p. 78). Unintentional keystrokes
(illumination!). Battery totally discharged. Deactivate fast search(p. 91). Restrict use if applicable. Activate key lock (p. 88). Temperature out of range:
+5 C to +40 C. Contact problem No mains voltage. 1) Plug in charger cable, battery is on charge. 2) Charge icon appears after approx. 2 hours. 3) Charge battery. Make sure the ambient temperature is right, wait for a while, then recharge. Check power supply and connection to the phone. Check battery contacts and telephone connection socket, clean them if necessary, then insert battery again. Use different mains power socket; check mains voltage. Only use original Siemens accessories. Replace battery. Wrong charger. Battery faulty. SIM card not inserted correctly. Check that the SIM card is inserted correctly Dirty SIM card contacts. SIM card with wrong voltage. SIM card damaged
(e.g., broken).
(p. 13). Clean SIM card with a dry cloth. Use 3V SIM cards only. Carry out a visual check. Ask service provider to change SIM card. m f
Q A F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (115) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:25) Possible causes Weak signal. Outside GSM range. Invalid SIM card. New network not authorised. Network call barring is set. Network overloaded. Signal too weak. Second line set. New SIM card inserted. Charge limit reached. Credit used up. Call restrictions are in place. Questions & Answers 115 Possible solution Move higher, to a window or an open space. Check service providers coverage area. Complain to the service provider. Try manual selection or select a different network
(p. 90). Check network barrings (p. 89). Try again later. Reconnection to another service provider is auto-
matic (p. 90). Switching phone off and on again can speed this up. Set first line \ (p. 91). Check for new barrings. Reset limit with PIN2 (p. 42) Load credit. Barrings can be set by service provider. Check barrings (p. 89). Phonebook/Addressbook is full. Delete entries in the Addressbook
(p. 34)/Phonebook (p. 36). Call divert to mailbox not set. Set call divert to mailbox (p. 60). SMS memory is full. Delete SMS or archive (p. 49). MMS memory is full. Delete MMS. Phone memory full. Delete messages, pictures, games or applications. Not supported by service pro-
vider or registration required. Phone memory full. Contact your service provider. Delete files in the relevant areas. You can use the memory assistant to delete specific files (p. 83). Profile not activated, profile set-
tings wrong/incomplete. Activate or set WAP profile (p. 71). If necessary ask your service provider. Problem No network connec-
tion. Phone loses network. Calls not possible. Certain uses of phone not possible. Impossible to make entries in Phone-
book/Addressbook. Voice message not functioning. flashes to indi-
cate an SMS. flashes to indi-
cate an MMS. flashes to indi-
cate an MMS. Function cannot be set. Capacity problems with, for example, Games & More, ring-
tones, pictures, SMS archive. No WAP access, downloading not possible. m f
Q A F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (116) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:25) 116 Questions & Answers Problem Text message can-
not be sent. EMS pictures &
sounds are not dis-
played on the desti-
nation phone. No Internet access possible. PIN error/
PIN2 error. Phone code error. Service provider code error. Missing/too many menu entries Possible solution Contact your service provider. Set service centre (p. 50). Contact your service provider. Repeat message. Check. Possible causes Service provider does not sup-
port this service. Phone number for service centre not set or incorrectly set. SIM card contract does not sup-
port this service. Service centre too busy. Recipient does not have a com-
patible phone. Destination phone does not sup-
port the EMS standard. Incorrect WAP profile set, or wrong or incomplete settings. Three wrong entries. Check WAP settings (p. 71); contact your service provider if necessary. Enter the PUK (MASTER PIN) supplied with the SIM card according to the instructions. If the PUK
(MASTER PIN) has been lost, contact your service provider. Contact Siemens Service (p. 117). Three wrong entries. No authorisation for this service. Contact your service provider. Check with your service provider. Functions may have been added or deleted by the service provider via the SIM card. Charge pulse is not being trans-
mitted. Charge meter does not work Damage Severe shock Phone became wet. Remove battery and SIM. Dry immediately with a cloth, but do not apply heat. Remove battery and SIM and re-insert them. Do not dismantle the phone!
Contact your service provider. Dry connector contacts thoroughly. Stand mobile upright in an air current. Do not dis-
mantle the phone!
Reset settings to the factory default, p. 84: * # 9 9 9 9 # A m f
Q A F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (117) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Customer Care We offer fast, individual advice! You have several options:
Our online support on the Internet:
www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare We can be reached any time, any place. You are given 24 hour support on all as-
pects of our products. Here you will find an interactive fault-finding system, a compila-
tion of the most frequently asked ques-
tions and answers, plus user guides and current software updates to download. Qualified Siemens employees are waiting to offer you expert information about our prod-
ucts and installation. In some countries repair and replace servic-
es are impossible where the products are not sold through our authorised dealers. When calling customer service, please have ready your receipt and the phone identity number (IMEI, to display press * # 0 6 #), the software version (to display, press * # 0 6 #, then info) and if available, your Siemens Service customer number. If repair work is necessary, please contact one of our service centres:
Abu Dhabi .........................................0 26 42 38 00 Argentina .....................................0 80 08 88 98 78 Australia..........................................13 00 66 53 66 Austria.............................................05 17 07 50 04 Bahrain .................................................... 40 42 34 Bangladesh.......................................0 17 52 74 47 Belgium.............................................0 78 15 22 21 Bolivia ...............................................0 21 21 41 14 Bosnia Herzegovina..........................0 33 27 66 49 Brazil............................................0 80 07 07 12 48 Customer Care 117 Brunei ................................................. 02 43 08 01 Bulgaria............................................... 02 73 94 88 Cambodia ........................................... 12 80 05 00 Canada ........................................1 88 87 77 02 11 China ...........................................0 21 38 98 47 77 Croatia ..............................................0 16 10 53 81 Czech Republic.................................2 33 03 27 27 Denmark ............................................. 35 25 86 00 Dubai ................................................0 43 96 64 33 Egypt.................................................0 23 33 41 11 Estonia................................................ 06 30 47 97 Finland............................................09 22 94 37 00 France.............................................01 56 38 42 00 Germany......................................0 18 05 33 32 26 Greece.........................................0 80 11 11 11 16 Hong Kong.......................................... 28 61 11 18 Hungary ..........................................06 14 71 24 44 Iceland .................................................. 5 11 30 00 India.............................22 24 98 70 00 Extn: 70 40 Indonesia .....................................0 21 46 82 60 81 Ireland.............................................18 50 77 72 77 Italy ................................................02 24 36 44 00 Ivory Coast.......................................... 05 02 02 59 Jordan...............................................0 64 39 86 42 Kenya.................................................... 2 72 37 17 Kuwait................................................... 2 45 41 78 Latvia .................................................... 7 50 11 18 Lebanon.............................................. 01 44 30 43 Libya ...............................................02 13 50 28 82 Lithuania ...........................................8 52 74 20 10 Luxembourg........................................ 43 84 33 99 Macedonia .......................................... 02 13 14 84 Malaysia....................................+ 6 03 77 12 43 04 Malta.......................................+ 35 32 14 94 06 32 Mauritius ............................................... 2 11 62 13 Mexico .......................................01 80 07 11 00 03 Morocco.............................................. 22 66 92 09 Netherlands .................................0 90 03 33 31 00 New Zealand...................................08 00 27 43 63 Nigeria ..............................................0 14 50 05 00 Norway................................................ 22 70 84 00 Oman....................................................... 79 10 12 Pakistan..........................................02 15 66 22 00 Paraguay ..........................................8 00 10 20 04 Philippines ........................................0 27 57 11 18 m f
. e n
i l t o H A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (118) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 118 Customer Care Poland.............................................08 01 30 00 30 Portugal ............................................8 08 20 15 21 Qatar....................................................04 32 20 10 Romania .........................................02 12 04 60 00 Russia..........................................8 80 02 00 10 10 Saudi Arabia .....................................0 22 26 00 43 Serbia .............................................01 13 80 95 50 Singapore ............................................62 27 11 18 Slovak Republic ..............................02 59 68 22 66 Slovenia............................................0 14 74 63 36 South Africa ....................................08 60 10 11 57 Spain.................................................9 02 11 50 61 Sweden.............................................0 87 50 99 11 Switzerland .....................................08 48 21 20 00 Taiwan ............................................02 23 96 10 06 Thailand............................................0 27 22 11 18 Tunisia .................................................71 86 19 02 Turkey..........................................0 21 65 79 71 00 Ukraine ........................................8 80 05 01 00 00 United Arab Emirates........................0 43 66 03 86 United Kingdom ...........................0 87 05 33 44 11 USA .............................................1 88 87 77 02 11 Vietnam...........................................84 89 30 01 21 Zimbabwe ............................................04 36 94 24 m f
. e n
i l t o H A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (119) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Care and maintenance 119 Do not drop, knock or shake your phone. Rough handling can dam-
age components inside the device!
Do not use harsh chemicals, clean-
ing solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone!
The suggestions given above apply equally to your phone, battery, charger and all accessories. If any of these parts are not working properly, take them to your nearest qualified service outlet. The personnel there will assist you and, if necessary, repair the device. Care and maintenance Your phone has been designed and crafted with great care and attention and should also be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to enjoy your phone for many years. Protect your phone from moisture and humidity! Precipitation, humidity and liquids contain min-
erals that will corrode electronic circuits. Should your phone none-
theless become wet, disconnect it immediately from any power sup-
ply, remove the battery and leave the open phone to dry at room temperature!
Do not use or store the phone in dusty, dirty areas. Its moving parts may become damaged. Do not store your phone in hot areas. High temperatures can shorten the life of electronic devices, damage batteries and warp or melt certain plastics. Do not store your phone in cold areas. When the phone warms up again (to its normal ambient tem-
perature), moisture can form inside the phone, which may dam-
age electronic components. m i
f
. e c n a n e t n a M A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (120) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (17.05.2004, 16:44) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 120 Product data Product data Declaration of conformity Siemens Information and Communi-
cation mobile hereby declares that the phone described in this user guide is in compliance with the essential requirements and other rel-
evant provisions of European Direc-
tive 1999/5/EC (R&TTE). The declara-
tion of conformity (DoC) concerned has been signed. Please call the com-
pany hotline if you require a copy of the original, or:
www.siemens-mobile.com/conformity Technical data GSM class:
Frequency range:
GSM class:
Frequency range:
GSM class:
Frequency range:
Weight:
Size:
Li-Ion battery:
Operating temperature:
SIM card:
4 (2 watt) 880960 MHz 1 (1 watt) 1,7101,880 MHz 1 (1 watt) 1,8501,990 MHz 86 g 105 47 18 mm
(75.6 ccm) 600 mAh 10 C to 55 C 3.0 V Phone ID You will need the following details if you lose your phone or SIM card:
the number of the SIM card (on the card):
................................................................... 15-digit serial number of the phone
(under the battery):
................................................................... the customer service number of the service provider:
................................................................... Lost phone If you lose your phone or SIM card contact your service provider immediately to pre-
vent misuse. Operating times The operating time depends upon the respective conditions of use. Extreme temperatures considerably reduce the phones standby time. Avoid placing the phone in the sun or on a heater. Talktime: 100 to 300 minutes Standby time: 60 to 250 hours Action taken Time
(min) 1 1 1 Calling Light *
Network search
* Keypad input, games, organiser etc. Reduction of stand-
by time by 3090 minutes 40 minutes 510 minutes m
f
. a t a D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (121) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 U.S. FDA 121 been done to address these ques-
tions, no clear picture of the biologi-
cal effects of this type of radiation has emerged to date. Thus, the avail-
able science does not allow us to conclude that mobile phones are absolutely safe, or that they are unsafe. However, the available sci-
entific evidence does not demon-
strate adverse health effects associ-
ated with the use of mobile phones. What kinds of phones are in question?
Questions have been raised about hand-held mobile phones, the kind that have a built-in antenna that is positioned close to the user's head during normal telephone conversa-
tion. These types of mobile phones are of concern because of the short distance between the phone's antenna the primary source of the RF and the person's head. The exposure to RF from mobile phones in which the antenna is located at greater distances from the user (on the outside of a car, for example) is drastically lower than that from hand-held phones, because a per-
son's RF exposure decreases rapidly with distance from the source. The safety of so-called cordless phones, which have a base unit connected to the telephone wiring in a house and which operate at far lower power levels and frequencies, has not been questioned. The U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration's (FDA) Center for Devices and Radiological Health Consumer Update on Mobile Phones FDA has been receiving inquiries about the safety of mobile phones, including cellular phones and PCS phones. The following summarizes what is know and what remains unknown about whether these products can pose a hazard to health, and what can be done to minimize any potential risk. This information may be used to respond to questions. Why the concern?
Mobile phones emit low levels of radio frequency energy (i.e., radio frequency radiation) in the micro-
wave range while being used. They also emit very low levels of radio fre-
quency energy (RF), considered non-
significant, when in the stand-by mode. It is well known that high lev-
els of RF can produce biological dam-
age through heating effects (this is how your microwave oven is able to cook food). However, it is not known whether, to what extent, or through what mechanism, lower levels of RF might cause adverse health effects as well. Although some research has U.S. FDA m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (122) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 122 U.S. FDA How much evidence is there that hand-
held mobile phones might be harmful?
Briefly, there is not enough evidence to know for sure, either way; how-
ever, research efforts are on-going. The existing scientific evidence is conflicting and many of the studies that have been done to date have suffered from flaws in their research methods. Animal experiments inves-
tigating the effects of RF exposures characteristic of mobile phones have yielded conflicting results. A few ani-
mal studies, however, have sug-
gested that low levels of RF could accelerate the development of can-
cer in laboratory animals. In one study, mice genetically altered to be predisposed to developing one type of cancer developed more than twice as many such cancers when they were exposed to RF energy compared to controls. There is much uncertainty among scientists about whether results obtained from ani-
mal studies apply to the use of mobile phones. First, it is uncertain how to apply the results obtained in rats and mice to humans. Second, many of the studies showed increased tumor development used animals that had already been treated with cancer-causing chemi-
cals, and other studies exposed the animals to the RF virtually continu-
ously up to 22 hours per day. For the past five years in the United States, the mobile phone industry has supported research into the safety of mobile phones. This research has resulted in two findings in particular that merit additional study:
1. In a hospital-based, case-control study, researchers looked for an association between mobile phone use and either glioma (a type of brain cancer) or acoustic neuroma
(a benign tumor of the nerve sheath). No statistically significant association was found between mobile phone use and acoustic neu-
roma. There was also no association between mobile phone use and glio-
mas when all types of gliomas were considered together. It should be noted that the average length of mobile phone exposure in this study was less than three years. When 20 types of glioma were con-
sidered separately, however, an association was found between mobile phone use and one rare type of glioma, neuroepithelliomatous tumors. It is possible with multiple comparisons of the same sample that this association occurred by chance. Moreover, the risk did not increase with how often the mobile phone was used, or the length of the calls. In fact, the risk actually decreased with cumulative hours of mobile phone use. Most cancer caus-
ing agents increase risk with increased exposure. An ongoing study of brain cancers by the m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (123) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) National Cancer Institute is expected to bear on the accuracy and repeat-
ability of these results.1 2. Researchers conducted a large battery of laboratory tests to assess the effects of exposure to mobile phone RF on genetic material. These included tests for several kinds of abnormalities, including mutations, chromosomal aberrations, DNA strand breaks, and structural changes in the genetic material of blood cells called lymphocytes. None of the tests showed any effect of the RF except for the micronucleus assay, which detects structural effects on the genetic material. The cells in this assay showed changes after exposure to simulated cell phone radiation, but only after 24 hours of exposure. It is possible that exposing the test cells to radia-
tion for this long resulted in heating. Since this assay is known to be sensi-
tive to heating, heat alone could have caused the abnormalities to occur. The data already in the litera-
ture on the response of the micronu-
cleus assay to RF are conflicting. Thus follow-up research is neces-
sary. 2 FDA is currently working with gov-
ernment, industry, and academic groups to ensure the proper follow-
up to these industry-funded research findings. Collaboration with the Cel-
lular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA) in particular is expected to lead to FDA providing U.S. FDA 123 research recommendations and sci-
entific oversight of new CTIA-funded research based on such recommen-
dations. Two other studies of interest have been reported recently in the litera-
ture:
Two groups of 18 people were exposed to simulated mobile phone signals under laboratory conditions while they performed cognitive function tests. There were no changes in the subjects'
ability to recall words, numbers, or pictures, or in their spatial memory, but they were able to make choices more quickly in one visual test when they were exposed to simulated mobile phone signals. This was the only change noted among more than 20 variables compared.3 In a study of 209 brain tumor cases and 425 matched controls, there was no increased risk of brain tumors associated with mobile phone use. When tumors did exist in certain locations, how-
ever, they were more likely to be on the side of the head where the mobile phone was used. Because this occurred in only a small num-
ber of cases, the increased likeli-
hood was too small to be statisti-
cally significant.4 In summary, we do not have enough information at this point to assure the public that there are, or are not, m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (124) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 124 U.S. FDA any low incident health problems associated with use of mobile phones. FDA continues to work with all parties, including other federal agencies and industry, to assure that research is undertaken to provide the necessary answers to the out-
standing questions about the safety of mobile phones. What is known about cases of human cancer that have been reported in users of hand-held mobile phones?
Some people who have used mobile phones have been diagnosed with brain cancer. But it is important to understand that this type of cancer also occurs among people who have not used mobile phones. In fact, brain cancer occurs in the U.S. popu-
lation at a rate of about 6 new cases per 100,000 people each year. At that rate, assuming 80 million users of mobile phones (a number increas-
ing at a rate of about 1 million per month), about 4800 cases of brain cancer would be expected each year among those 80 million people, whether or not they used their phones. Thus it is not possible to tell whether any individual's cancer arose because of the phone, or whether it would have happened anyway. A key question is whether the risk of getting a particular form of cancer is greater among people who use mobile phones than among the rest of the population. One way to answer that question is to com-
pare the usage of mobile phones among people with brain cancer with the use of mobile phones among appropriately matched peo-
ple without brain cancer. This is called a case-control study. The cur-
rent case-control study of brain can-
cers by the National Cancer Institute, as well as the follow-up research to be sponsored by industry, will begin to generate this type of information. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of mobile phones?
Under the law, FDA does not review the safety of radiation emitting con-
sumer products such as mobile phones before marketing, as it does with new drugs or medical devices. However, the agency has authority to take action if mobile phones are shown to emit radiation at a level that is hazardous to the user. In such a case, FDA could require the manu-
facturers of mobile phones to notify users of the health hazard and to repair, replace or recall the phones so that the hazard no longer exists. Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions at this time, FDA has urged the mobile phone industry to take a number of steps to assure public safety. The agency has recom-
mended that the industry:
Support needed research into pos-
sible biological effects of RF of the type emitted by mobile phones;
m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (125) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Design mobile phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user that is not necessary for device function; and Cooperate in providing mobile phone users with the best possible information on what is known about possible effects of mobile phone use on human health. At the same time, FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the federal agencies that have responsibility for different aspects of mobile phone safety to ensure a coordinated effort at the federal level. These agencies are:
National Institute for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health Environmental Protection Agency Federal Communications Com-
mission Occupational Health and Safety Administration National Telecommunications and Information Administration The National Institutes of Health also participates in this group. In the absence of conclusive information about any possible risk, what can con-
cerned individuals do?
If there is a risk from these products and at this point we do not know that there is it is probably very small. But if people are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, U.S. FDA 125 there are simple steps they can take to do so. For example, time is a key factor in how much exposure a per-
son receives. Those persons who spend long periods of time on their hand-held mobile phones could con-
sider holding lengthy conversations on conventional phones and reserv-
ing the hand-held models for shorter conversations or for situations when other types of phones are not avail-
able. People who must conduct extended conversations in their cars every day could switch to a type of mobile phone that places more distance between their bodies and the source of the RF, since the exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. For example, they could switch to:
a mobile phone in which the antenna is located outside the vehicle, a hand-held phone with a built-in antenna connected to a different antenna mounted on the outside of the car or built into a separate package, or a headset with a remote antenna to a mobile phone carried at the waist. Where can I find additional information?
For additional information, see the following websites:
Federal Communications Com-
mission (FCC) RF Safety Program
(select Information on Human m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (126) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 126 U.S. FDA Exposure to RF Fields from Cellular and PCS Radio Transmitters):
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety World Health Organization (WHO) International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection
(select Qs & As):
http://www.who.int/emf United Kingdom, National Radio-
logical Protection Board:
http://www.nrpb.org.uk Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA):
http://www.wow-com.com U.S. Food and Drug Administra-
tion (FDA) Center for devices and Radiological Health:
http://www.fda.gov/cdhr/consumer/
1 Muscat et al. Epidemiological Study of Cellular Telephone Use and Malignant Brain Tumors. In: State of the Science Sympo-
sium; 1999 June 20; Long Beach, California. 2 Tice et al. Tests of mobile phone signals for activity in genotoxicity and other laboratory assays. In: Annual Meeting of the Environ-
mental Mutagen Society; March 29, 1999, Washington, DC; and personal communica-
tion, unpublished results. 3 Preece, AW, Iwi, G, Davies-Smith, A, Wesnes, K, Butler, S, Lim, E, and Varey, A. Effect of a 915- MHz simulated mobile phone signal on cognitive function in man. Int. J. Radiat. Biol., April 8, 1999. 4 Hardell, L, Nasman, A, Pahlson, A, Hallquist, A and Mild, KH. Use of cellular telephones and the risk for brain tumors;
a case-control study. Int. J. Oncol, 15:
113-116, 1999. m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (127) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) FCC/Industry Canada Notice 127 FCC/Industry Canada Notice Your phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, please con-
tact your local service facility. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (128) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Ten driving safety tips
V A R L a n g u a g e
a m V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 128 Ten driving safety tips Your Siemens wireless phone gives you the power to communicate by voice almost anywhere, anytime. But an important responsibility accompanies the benefits of wireless phones, one that every user must uphold. When driving a car, driving is your first responsibility. When using your wireless phone behind the wheel of a car, practice good common sense and remember the following tips:
Get to know your phone and its features such as speed dial and redial. Carefully read your instruction man-
ual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most phones offer including, automatic redial and memory dial most phones can store up to 99 numbers in memory dial. Also, work to memorize the phone keypad so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road. When available, use a hands-free device. A number of hands-free wireless phone accessories are readily avail-
able today. Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your phone or a speaker phone accessory, take advantage of these devices if they are available to you. Position your phone within easy reach. Make sure you place your wireless phone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road. If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time, let your voicemail answer it for you. Suspend conversations during hazard-
ous driving conditions or situations. Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving; if necessary, suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions. Rain, sleet, snow and ice can be hazard-
ous, but so is heavy traffic. As a driver, your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road. Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving. If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a car, or writing a to do list, then you are not watching where you are going. Its common sense. Dont get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehi-
cles. m i
f
. s p T _ g n i v i r D A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (129) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Dial sensibly and assess the traffic. If possible, place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic. Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip, or attempt to coincide your calls with times you may be stopped at a stop sign, red light or otherwise stationary. But if you need to dial while driving, follow this simple tip dial only a few num-
bers, check the road and your mir-
rors, then continue. Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting. Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix they are dis-
tracting and even dangerous when you are behind the wheel. Make peo-
ple you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary, suspend phone conversations that have the potential to divert your attention from the road. Use your phone to call for help. Your wireless phone is one of the greatest tools you can own to pro-
tect yourself and your family in dan-
gerous situations with your phone at your side, help is only three num-
bers away. Dial 9-1-1 in the case of fire, traffic accident, road hazard, or medical emergency. Remember, it is a free call on your wireless phone. Ten driving safety tips 129 Use your phone to help others in emergencies. Your wireless phone provides you a perfect opportunity to be a good Samaritan in your community. If you see an auto accident, crime in progress or other serious emergen-
cies where lives are in danger, call 9-1-1, as you would want others to do for you. Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non-emergency assistance number when necessary. Certain situations you encounter while driving may require attention, but are not urgent enough to merit a call to 9-1-1. But you can still use your wireless phone to lend a hand. If you see a broken-down vehicle posing no serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured, or a vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside assistance or other special non-emergency wireless numbers. The wireless industry reminds you to use your phone safely when driving. For more information, please call 1 (888) 901-SAFE, or visit our Web site at: www.wow-com.com Provided by the Cellular Telecommunica-
tions Industry Association (CTIA) m i
f
. s p T _ g n i v i r D A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (130) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Intellectual property
V A R L a n g u a g e
a m V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 130 Intellectual property Intellectual Property Restrictions All Intellectual Property, as defined below, which is owned by or other-
wise the property of Siemens Infor-
mation and Communications Mobile, LLC ("Siemens"), its affili-
ates, partners or suppliers, relating to the Phone, including but not lim-
ited to accessories, parts or software relating thereto (the Phone Sys-
tem), is proprietary under federal laws, state laws and International treaty provisions. Intellectual Prop-
erty includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or unpatent-
able), patents, trade secrets, copy-
rights, software, computer pro-
grams, and related documentation and other works of authorship. You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) disassemble, decompile, reverse engineer, prepare derivative works from, modify or make any other effort to create source code from the software. No title to ownership in the Intellectual Property is trans-
ferred to you through purchase or possession of the Phone or its com-
ponents. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall remain with Siemens, its affiliates, partners or suppliers. Siemens will have no liability with respect to any claim of patent infringement which is based upon the combination of the Product or parts furnished hereunder with soft-
ware, apparatus or devices not fur-
nished by Siemens, nor will Siemens have any liability for the use of ancil-
lary equipment or software not fur-
nished by Siemens which is attached to or used in connection with the Product, The foregoing states the entire liability of Siemens with respect to infringement of patents by the Product or any parts thereof. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Siemens cer-
tain exclusive rights for copyrighted Siemens software, such as the exclu-
sive rights to reproduce and distrib-
ute copies of such Siemens software. Siemens software may be used only in the Product in which the software was originally embodied when pur-
chased, and such software in such Product may not be replaced, cop-
ied, distributed. modified in any way, or used to produce any deriva-
tive thereof. No other use including, without limitation, alteration, modi-
fication, reproduction, distribution. or reverse engineering of such Siemens software or exercise of rights in such Siemens software is permitted. No license is granted by implication, estoppel or otherwise under Siemens patent rights or copy-
rights. m f
. y t r e p o r p _ a u t c e l l l e t n I
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (131) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Accessories Fashion & Carry CLIPit covers Changeable faceplates as well as keypads are available in specialist shops. Alterna-
tively, you can visit our online shop. Carrying Cases A range of carrying cases is available at spe-
cialist shops or you can visit the Siemens Mobile Store online:
Original Siemens Accessories www.siemens-mobile.com/
shop Energy Li-Ion battery (600 mAh) EBA-670 Spare battery Travel Charger Travel Charger ETC-500 (EU) Travel Charger ETC-510 (UK) Travel charger with an extended input voltage range of 100240 V. Car Charger Plus ECC-600 Charger for the cigarette lighter socket in the car. It is possible to make phone calls during charging. Accessories 131 Handsfree Portable Headset PTT HHS-510 Headset PTT HHS-610 Headset Purestyle HHS-610 Headset with PTT key to accept and end calls Office Data Cable DCA-500 For connecting the phone to the serial RS232 port of the PC. Data Cable USB DCA-540 For connecting the phone to the USB port of the PC. With load function. SyncStation DSC-600 Table support for the phone to facilitate simultaneous data exchange and telephone charging. Contains a desktop stand and a data cable USB. Multitainment Plug-in Flash IFL-600 Plug-in flash module for taking photos in areas with low ambient light. m
f
. y r o s s e c c A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (132) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 132 Accessories Car Solutions Mobile Holder HMH-680 Cradle without antenna port. Mobile Holder HMH-685 The cradle for connecting an external antenna. Ideal for use with headset PTT or car kit portable. Can also be used as cradle for retrofitting your handsfree car kit (series 55). Car Kit Comfort HKC-680 Handsfree kit with first-class digital call qual-
ity and supreme ease of use. Includes all components needed for installation. The individual antenna solution is available in specialist shops. Car Kit Easy HKP-600 Facilitates convenient handsfree talking with high call quality. With the integrated, rotating cradle and the flexible microphone position-
ing, the phone can be optimally adjusted to suit any vehicle interior. The power is sup-
plied via the cigarette lighter socket. Optional Car Kit accessories Car Data Adapter HKO-690 Phone-in Adapter HKO-570 Products can be obtained in specialist shops or you can visit the Siemens Mobile Store online:
Original Siemens Accessories www.siemens-mobile.com/
shop m
f
. y r o s s e c c A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (133) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Quality 133 Display quality statement For technological reasons, some small dots in other colours may appear in the display in rare cases. Please remember that if some dots appear brighter or darker in the dis-
play, this generally does not mean that a fault has occurred. Quality Battery quality statement The capacity of your mobile phone battery will reduce each time it is charged/emptied. Storage at too high or low temperatures will also result in a gradual capacity loss. As a result the operating time of your mobile phone may be considerably reduced, even after a full recharge of the battery. Regardless of this, the battery has been designed and manufactured so that it can be recharged and used for six months after the purchase of your mobile phone. After six months, if the battery is clearly suffering from loss of performance, we recommend that you replace it. Please buy only Siemens original batteries. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m f
. y t i l
a u Q A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (134) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (18.05.2004, 12:09) 134 SAR (C65) SAR (C65) RF EXPOSURE/SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATE (SAR) INFORMATION THIS SIEMENS C65 PHONE MEETS THE GOVERNMENT'S REQUIRE-
MENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO ELECTRO-
MAGNETIC FIELDS. Your cell phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and man-
ufactured not to exceed the emis-
sion limits for exposure to radio fre-
quency (RF) energy established by the Federal Communications Com-
mission (FCC) of the U.S. Govern-
ment and by Health Canada. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines were developed and confirmed by inde-
pendent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough eval-
uation of scientific studies*. The lim-
its include a substantial safety mar-
gin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for cell phones employs a unit of measure-
ment known as the Specific Absorp-
tion Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit established by the FCC and by Health Canada is 1.6 W/kg**. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard oper-
ating positions accepted by the FCC and by Industry Canada with the phone transmitting at its highest cer-
tified power level in all tested fre-
quency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base sta-
tion, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and the manufacturer must certify to the FCC and Industry Canada that it does not exceed the limit estab-
lished by each government for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (e.g., at the ear and worn on the body), reported to the FCC and available for review by Industry Canada. The highest SAR value for this Siemens C65 when tested for use at the ear is 0.353 W/kg***
and when worn on the body+ is 0.326 W/kg***
Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications Internet Association (CTIA) web-site at www.phonefacts.net or the Cana-
dian Wireless Telecommunications Association (CWTA) website www.cwta.ca m f
. R A S
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (135) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (18.05.2004, 12:09) SAR (C65) 135 SAR information on this Siemens C65 phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID PWX-C65. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, all Siemens products meet the govern-
mental requirements for safe RF exposure.
For body worn operation, this mobile phone has been tested and meets FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with a Siemens accessory designated for this prod-
uct, where available, or when used with a carry accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset at least 22 mm/
0.87 in is the correct testing distance from the body. Use of other carry accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines.
The World Health Organization (WHO, CH-1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland), on the basis of the actual knowledge, does not see any necessity for special precautionary mea-
sures when using cell phones. Further information:
www.who.int/peh-emf www.mmfai.org www.siemens-mobile.com
*** SAR values may vary depending on national requirements and network bands. SAR information for different regions can be found at siemens-mobile.com averaged over 1 g of tissue. m f
. R A S
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (136) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 136 Menu tree Menu tree Default book > Show entries
<New entry>
Business card Groups Default book
<Info numbers>
Call records
> Missed calls Calls received Calls dialed Delete records Time/charges
> All calls All incom.calls All outgoing Remain. units Charge setting
> URL/service provider Games Applications Download wiz. Bookmarks Internet Surf & fun Camera Messages
> Create new
> SMS MMS Inst. Msg.
> Charge/Unit Charge limit Auto display m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (137) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Menu tree 137
> SMS MMS WAP push CB services
> SMS MMS
> SMS MMS
> SMS MMS
> SMS MMS Voice message CB services WAP push Messages
> Inbox Draft Unsent Sent items MMS template SMS archive Text modules Msg settings Organizer
> Calendar Appointments Tasks Notes Missed appts. Dictation mac
> SMS profiles SMS signature
> MMS profile:
User settings Help
> Receive CB Topic list CB languages
> Help Sec.settings m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (138) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 138 Menu tree Organizer
> Time zones Calend. setup Extras My stuff Setup
> SIM services Alarm clock Sound recorder Calc. Unit converter Stopwatch Countdown Remote sync.
> Profiles Topics Display
> T9 preferred Input language
> Language Text input Wallpaper Logo Color setting Screensaver Start up anim. Shutdn anim. Greeting Large letters Illumination Ring tones
> Ringer setting Silent alert m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (139) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Menu tree 139
> Incoming call Messages Alarm clock Organizer System Applications
> Messages Alarm clock Organizer Startup melody Shutdown mel. Sound recorder
> All calls Not reachable No reply Busy Receiving data Status check Clear all Setup
> Ring tones
> Volume d Calls Group calls Other calls More melodies Call setup
> Hide ID Call waiting Divert Phone setup Call screening Any key Minute beep
> Key tones Info tones Automatic switch off Phone identity Memory assis. m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (140) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 140 Menu tree Setup
> Phone setup
> My stuff
> Format Clean up Clock Connectivity Security Master reset
> Time/date Time zones Date format Time format Buddhist year Show clock Auto time zone
> GPRS GPRS info IrDA Data services HTTP profile Authentication
> Auto key lock Direct call Only Codes This SIM only Barring
> PIN control Change PIN Change PIN2 Chg.phonecode
> All outgoing Outgo internat Out.int.x home All incoming When roaming Status check Clear all m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (141) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Setup
> Network
> Line Network info Choose netwrk Auto network Preferred net Band selection Fast search User group Accessories
> Car Kit Menu tree 141
> Select line Protected
> 900 1800 1900
> Active Select group All outgoing Pref. group
> Auto answer Automatic switch off Car loudspk. Headset
> Auto answer m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (142) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) 142 Index Index A Accessories............................... 131 Addressbook Dial entry................................ 36 Groups ................................... 37 New entry............................... 34 Read entry .............................. 36 Aircraft mode ............................. 75 Alarm Alarm clock........................... 103 Type ....................................... 98 Alarm clock .............................. 103 All calls (call time/charge) ........... 42 All calls (diversion) ..................... 82 All incoming (barrings) ............... 89 Answering service (external)....... 60 Any to answer ............................ 82 Appointments ............................ 97 Auto display Clock ...................................... 85 Duration/charges .................... 42 Auto key lock........................ 10, 88 Auto time zone................... 85, 101 Auto. network selection.............. 90 Auto. redial ................................ 28 Automobile accessories ............ 132 B Band selection ............................ 91 Battery Charge.................................... 14 Insert...................................... 13 Operating times.............. 14, 120 Quality Declaration ............... 133 Big letters................................... 78 Bookmarks (WAP) ................. 69, 71 Browser...................................... 70 Buddh. year................................ 85 Business card .............................. 33 Busy number............................... 28 C Calculator ................................. 105 Calendar ..................................... 96 Call Accept/end.............................. 29 Barring.................................... 89 Charges................................... 42 Conference ............................. 31 Divert...................................... 81 End ......................................... 28 Hold........................................ 30 Menu ...................................... 31 Reject...................................... 29 Swap (change) ........................ 30 Call back ..................................... 29 Call divert ................................... 81 Call screening ............................. 82 Call transfer ................................ 31 Call waiting........................... 30, 81 Calling ........................................ 28 Calls dialled (call record) ............. 41 Calls received (call record)........... 41 Camera....................................... 43 Car Kit Accessories ........................... 132 Setting .................................... 92 Car kit accessories..................... 132 Care of phone ........................... 119 Cell Broadcast (CB)...................... 68 Change the keypad mat .............. 15 Changing the faceplate ....... 15, 131 Changing the keypad .......... 15, 131 Charge rate................................. 42 Charges ...................................... 42 Charging the battery ................... 14 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (143) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) CLIPIt covers ............................ 15 Clock.......................................... 85 Colour skin ................................. 77 Conference................................. 31 Connection profiles .................... 86 Connectivity ............................... 86 Contact list ................................. 62 Control code (DTMF) .................. 32 Countdown .............................. 107 Credit limit ................................. 42 CSD settings ............................... 87 Currency .................................. 106 Customer care .......................... 117 D Date format................................ 85 Default book .............................. 33 Delete assistant .......................... 83 Dialling code .............................. 28 Dialling with number keys .......... 28 Dictating machine .................... 100 Digital rights management ......... 17 Direct reply (SMS)....................... 50 Display Illumination ............................ 78 Language ............................... 77 Symbols.................................. 11 Wallpaper ............................... 77 Divert ......................................... 81 Download .................................. 72 Driving safety ........................... 128 DTMF codes (control codes)........ 32 Duration/charges ........................ 42 E Emergency number .................... 16 Extras....................................... 103 F Fast access ................................. 94 Fast search ................................. 91 Index 143 Formatting (phone memory)....... 84 Formatting (SMS text)................. 46 Forwarding (call)......................... 31 Frequency range ......................... 91 G Games and applications .............. 72 GPRS........................................... 86 Groups........................................ 37 H Handset volume.......................... 28 Handsfree talking........................ 30 Headset Accessories ........................... 131 Setting .................................... 92 Hide ID ....................................... 81 Highlighting mode ...................... 20 Hold call ............................... 30, 31 Home network............................ 90 Hotline ..................................... 117 HTTP........................................... 87 I Identity number (IMEI) ................ 83 IMEI number ............................... 83 Inbox .......................................... 45 Info tones ................................... 83 Information services (CB) ............ 68 Infrared ...................................... 86 Infrared (IrDA) ............................ 86 Input language (T9) .................... 24 Inst. Message.............................. 61 International dialling code........... 29 Internet ...................................... 69 J Joystick......................................... 9 K Key tones.................................... 83 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (144) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) 144 Index L Language ................................... 77 Limit (call time/charge)............... 42 Logo........................................... 77 Loss of phone, SIM card ............ 120 M Mailbox ...................................... 60 Maintenance of phone.............. 119 Master reset ............................... 84 Media player ............................ 102 Menu Controls.................................. 18 My menu ................................ 93 Speed dialling ......................... 21 Menu speed dialling ................... 20 Menu tree ................................ 136 Message CB .......................................... 68 MMS....................................... 52 SMS.................................. 46, 48 Message memory full. ............... 51 Message type ............................. 50 Microphone on/off...................... 31 Minute beep............................... 82 Missed appointments ................. 99 Missed calls (call record) ............. 41 MMS Lists........................................ 57 Receive................................... 56 Send....................................... 55 Write ...................................... 52 Mobile Phone Manager............. 111 Muting (microphone) ................. 31 My menu.................................... 93 My phone................................... 27 My stuff.................................... 109 N Network Barring.................................... 89 Connection ............................. 90 Settings .................................. 90 Notes.......................................... 99 O One number only........................ 32 Only ..................................... 88 Operating times (battery).... 14, 120 Organiser.................................... 96 Own (phone) numbers................ 40 Own greeting.............................. 78 P Phone (settings).......................... 83 Phone code................................. 21 Phone data ............................... 120 Phone identity number (IMEI)...... 83 Phone number memo ................. 29 Phone number transmission on/off...................................... 81 Phonebook Call an entry............................ 39 New entry ............................... 38 Protected SIM.......................... 40 Special books .......................... 40 VIP numbers............................ 40 Photo.......................................... 43 Pictures & sounds (SMS).............. 47 PIN Change ................................... 21 Control.................................... 21 Enter....................................... 16 Error ..................................... 116 PIN2 ........................................... 21 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (145) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) Index 145 Preferred network....................... 90 Preventing accidental activation ............................... 22 Product data............................. 120 Profiles MMS....................................... 58 Phone..................................... 74 SMS........................................ 50 WAP ....................................... 71 Prompt ....................................... 29 Provider logo .............................. 77 PUK, PUK2 .................................. 21 Q Questions & Answers................ 114 R Records ...................................... 41 Redial......................................... 28 Reminder ................................... 29 Remote synchronisation ........... 107 Ringer setting ............................. 79 Ringtones............................. 37, 79 S Safety precautions........................ 3 Screensaver................................ 77 Second phone number ............... 90 Security...................................... 21 Security codes ............................ 21 Service centre (SMS)................... 50 Service supplier portal ................ 27 Service tones.............................. 83 Set time/date.............................. 85 Settings...................................... 74 Short message (SMS).................. 46 Shown in the display .................. 11 Shut down animation ................. 78 Siemens City Portal..................... 27 Signal strength ........................... 17 Silent alert.................................. 79 SIM card Clear barring ........................... 22 Insert ...................................... 13 Phonebook.............................. 40 Problems............................... 114 SIM services (optional) .............. 103 SMS Archive ................................... 49 Lists ........................................ 49 Profiles.................................... 50 Read ....................................... 48 Settings .................................. 50 Signature ................................ 50 T9 input .................................. 24 To group ................................. 47 Write....................................... 46 SMS push.................................... 45 Software version......................... 83 SOS ........................................ 8, 16 Sound recorder ......................... 104 Special books .............................. 40 Special characters ....................... 23 Speech time (battery) ............... 120 Speed dialling keys...................... 95 Standard functions...................... 19 Standby mode ............................ 17 Standby time ...................... 14, 120 Start up animation ...................... 78 Stopwatch ................................ 106 Storage location (Phonebook) ..... 38 Surf & fun ................................... 69 Swap .......................................... 30 Switch off phone Automatic ............................... 83 Manually................................. 16 Switch on phone......................... 16 Symbols...................................... 11 Synchronisation ........................ 107 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (146) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) 146 Index T T9 text input............................... 24 Tasks.......................................... 99 Technical data .......................... 120 Text entry With T9................................... 24 Without T9 ............................. 23 Text modules.............................. 26 Themes ...................................... 76 This SIM only .............................. 88 Time zones....................16, 85, 101 U Unanswered ............................... 81 Unit converter .......................... 105 Upper and lowercase letters
(T9) ........................................ 23 User group ................................. 91 V Validity, SMS .............................. 50 Voice message (mailbox) ............ 60 Volume Handset volume...................... 28 Profiles ................................... 74 Ringtone................................. 79 W Wallpaper (display)..................... 77 WAP ........................................... 69 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i
1 2 3 | Users Manual | Users Manual | 1.67 MiB | April 06 2004 |
left page (1) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:56) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Safety precautions ......................3 Antenna care ............................5 Phone operation .......................5 Electronic devices .....................6 Overview of phone
(schematic) .................................9 Display symbols ........................11 Getting started .........................13 Insert SIM card/battery ............13 Charge battery ........................14 Changing CLIPIt covers .........15 Switch on/off, PIN entry ............16 Entering the PIN .....................16 Emergency number (SOS) .......16 General instructions .................17 Standby mode ........................17 Signal strength .......................17 Digital Rights Mgmt. (DRM) .....17 Main menu .............................17 Standard functions ...................19 Highlighting mode ..................20 Menu speed dialling ...............20 Security .....................................21 Codes .....................................21 Preventing accidental activation ...............................22 Text entry .................................23 My phone ..................................27 Calling .......................................28 Default book .............................33 Table of Contents 1 Address book ............................ 34 New entry .............................. 34 Change entry ......................... 36 Call entry ............................... 36 Groups ................................... 37 Phonebook ............................... 38 New entry .............................. 38 Call (search for an entry) ........ 39 Change entry ......................... 39
<Special books> ..................... 40 Call records .............................. 41 Time/charges ............................ 42 Camera ..................................... 43 Main Inbox ............................... 45 SMS .......................................... 46 Write/send ............................. 46 Read ...................................... 48 Setting ................................... 50 MMS ......................................... 52 Create .................................... 52 Templates .............................. 54 Send ...................................... 55 Receive .................................. 56 Read ...................................... 57 Setting ................................... 58 Voice message/mailbox ........... 60 Start menu ............................. 61 Login ..................................... 62 Contact lists ........................... 62 Start chat room visit ............... 65 Msg. history ........................... 66 Setting ................................... 66 See also Index at the end of this User Guide Table of Con-
tents See also Index at the end of this User Guide m I
f
. Z V 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (2) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:56) 2 Table of Contents CB services ............................... 68 Surf & fun ................................. 69 Internet ................................ 69 Bookmarks ............................. 71 Games and Applications ......... 72 Download wiz. ....................... 73 Setup ........................................ 74 Profiles .................................. 74 Topics .................................... 76 Display ................................... 77 Ring tones ............................. 79 Call setup ............................... 81 Phone setup ........................... 83 Clock ..................................... 85 Connectivity .......................... 86 Security ................................. 88 Network ................................ 90 Accessories ............................ 92 My menu .................................. 93 Fast access ............................... 94 Organizer ................................. 96 Calendar ................................ 96 Appointments ........................ 97 Tasks ..................................... 99 Notes ..................................... 99 Missed appts. ........................ 99 Dictation mac ...................... 100 Time zones .......................... 101 Media player ........................... 102 Extras ...................................... 103 SIM services (optional) ......... 103 Alarm clock .......................... 103 Sound recorder ..................... 104 Calc. .................................... 105 Unit converter ...................... 105 Stopwatch ............................ 106 Countdown .......................... 107 Remote synchronisation ....... 107 My stuff .................................. 109 Mobile Phone Manager .......... 111 Questions & Answers .............114 Customer Care ........................ 117 Care and maintenance ........... 119 Product data ........................... 120 U.S. FDA ..................................121 FCC/Industry Canada Notice ... 127 Ten driving safety tips ............ 128 Intellectual property .............. 130 Accessories ............................. 131 Quality .................................... 133 SAR (C65) ................................ 134 Menu tree ............................... 136 Index .......................................142 See also Index at the end of this User Guide m I
f
. Z V 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (3) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Safety precautions 3 Safety precautions Information for parents Please read the operating instructions and safety precautions carefully before use. Explain the content and the hazards associated with using the phone to your children. Only use original Siemens bat-
teries (100 % mercury-free) and charging devices. Otherwise you risk serious damage to health and property. The battery could explode, for instance. The SIM card may be removed. Caution! Small parts like this could be swallowed by young children. The mains voltage specified on the power supply unit (V) must not be exceeded. Otherwise the charging device may be destroyed. You may only open the phone to replace the battery (100 %
mercury-free) or SIM card. You must not open the battery under any circumstances. All other changes to this device are strictly prohibited and will invalidate the guarantee. Remember to comply with legal requirements and local restric-
tions when using the phone. For example in aeroplanes, petrol stations, hospitals or while driving. Mobile phones can interfere with the functioning of medical devices such as hearing aids or pacemakers. Keep at least 20 cm/9 inches between phone and pacemaker. When using the mobile phone hold it to the ear which is further away from the pacemaker. For more infor-
mation consult your doctor. The ringtone (p. 79), info tones
(p. 83) and handsfree talking are reproduced through the loudspeaker. Do not hold the phone to your ear when it rings or when you have switched on the handsfree function (p. 30). Otherwise you risk serious permanent damage to your hearing. Do not use an optical magnifier to look at the activated infrared interface [Class 1 LED product
(classification as per IEC 60825-1)]. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (4) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 4 Safety precautions Important Please dispose of unwanted batteries and phones as permit-
ted by the laws in your country. The phone may cause interfer-
ence in the vicinity of TV sets, radios and PCs. Use only Siemens original ac-
cessories. This will avoid poten-
tial risks to health or property and ensure compliance with all relevant regulations. Improper use will invalidate the guarantee!
These safety instructions also apply to Siemens original accessories. The phone may only be used if the keypad is fully closed or fully opened; for optimum audio quality, however, it is recommended you open the keypad completely. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (5) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Important Read this information before using your wireless handheld phone. As this mobile phone is equipped with a fixed (non-retractable) an-
tenna, some paragraphs in the text below may not be applicable. Antenna care Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attach-
ments could damage the phone and may violate FCC regulations. Phone operation Normal position Hold the phone as you would any other telephone with the antenna pointed up and over your shoulder. Tips on efficient operation For your phone to operate most efficiently:
Extend your antenna fully
(if applicable). Do not touch the antenna unnec-
essarily when the phone is in use. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher pow-
er level than otherwise needed. Safety precautions 5 Driving Laws pertaining to the use of mobile phones while driving vary signifi-
cantly from state to state and some-
times even from locality to locality within states. For example, some ar-
eas may allow persons to use their mobile phones only if they employ a hands-free device, and some areas may prohibit the use of cell phones entirely. Accordingly, Siemens rec-
ommends that persons check the laws for the areas in which they drive or will be driving. For areas where the use of mobile phones while driv-
ing is permitted, Siemens encourag-
es persons to use their phones re-
sponsibly and to employ hands-free devices. Also, if using your phone while driving, please:
Give full attention to driving driving safely is your first responsibility;
Use hands-free operation, if available;
m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (6) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 6 Safety precautions Pull off the road and park before making or answering a call, if driving conditions so require. For vehicles equipped with air bags An air bag inflates with great force. DO NOT place objects, including ei-
ther installed or portable wireless equipment, in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment ar-
ea. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could re-
sult. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone. Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers'
Association recommends that a min-
imum separation of six inches (6") be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommenda-
tions are consistent with the inde-
pendent research by and recommen-
dations of Wireless Technology Research. Persons with pacemakers should ALWAYS keep the phone more than six inches from their pacemaker when the phone is turned ON;
should not carry the phone in a breast pocket;
should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the poten-
tial for interference;
should turn the phone OFF imme-
diately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. Hearing aids Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider or your hearing aid manu-
facturer to discuss alternatives. Other medical devices If you use any other personal medi-
cal devices, consult the manufactur-
ers of your devices to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtain-
ing this information. Turn your phone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations post-
ed in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (7) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Safety precautions 7 Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn your phone OFF when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Areas with a potentially explosive at-
mosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include: fueling areas such as gasoline stations; be-
low deck on boats; fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or parti-
cles, such as grain, dust or metal powders; and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehi-
cle. You should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. Posted facilities Turn your phone OFF in any facility where posted notices so require. Airplanes FCC and Airline Regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air. Turn your phone OFF when request-
ed by the airline. Check and comply with the policy of your airline regarding the use of your phone while the airplane is on the ground. Blasting areas To avoid interfering with blasting op-
erations, turn your phone OFF when in a blasting area or in areas post-
ed: Turn off two-way radio. Obey all signs and instructions. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (8) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Always make certain that your phone is properly charged before attempting any emergency calls. If you allow your battery to discharge, you will be unable to receive or make calls, including emergency calls. You must then wait a few minutes after the charging begins to place any emergency calls. When making an emergency call, remember to give all of the neces-
sary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your wire-
less phone might be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident, therefore you should not terminate the call until given permis-
sion to do so. 8 Safety precautions Emergency calls (SOS) Your wireless phone can be used to make emergency calls. You can make an emergency call from the main display screen. Enter the local emergency number such as 911 and then press the A key This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wire-
less and landline networks, and user-
programmed functions. Because of this, connections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore, you should never rely solely on any wireless phone for essential commu-
nications (for example, medical emergencies). Remember to make or receive any calls, the phone must be switched on and be used in a ser-
vice area that has adequate signal strength. Emergency calls might not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers re-
garding their network features. m
f
. o f n I y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (9) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Overview of phone (schematic) 9 Overview of phone (schematic) 1 A Call key During a call:
I Set volume. E Call options. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 on. Dial displayed/highlighted phone num-
bers/names, take calls. Show last phone numbers dialled in standby mode. 2 B On/Off/End key. Switched off: press and hold to switch During a conversation or in an appli-
cation: press briefly to finish. In menus: press briefly to go back a level. Press and hold to go back to standby mode. In standby mode: press and hold to 3 Joystick switch off phone. C Press the joystick down verti-
cally to start an application or function. In standby mode:
C Open main menu. G Open user profiles. H Open Phonebook/Addressbook. E Open Main Inbox. D Start the camera. In lists, messages and menus:
I Scroll up and down. D Back a level. E Has the same function as the right soft key. Z X Service provider 15.03.2004 10:15 Menu NewMMS 5 4 2 1 3 4 Soft keys The current functions of this key are shown in the bottom line of the display as Text/symbol (e.g. p). 5 Additional symbol to display which function pressing the joystick has in different situations (see p. 12). m f
w e i v r e v O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (10) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 10 Overview of phone (schematic) 1 Integrated antenna Do not obstruct the phone above the battery cover unnecessarily. This reduces the signal quality. 2 Loudspeaker 3 Display 4 Infrared interface (IrDA) 5 Access to the Internet portal 6 Input keys 7 * Ringtone Press and hold in standby mode:
Switch all audible signals on/off
(except alarm). Press and hold on incoming call:
Switch off ringtone for this call only. 8 # Key lock Press and hold in standby mode:
Switch key lock on/off. 9 Connection socket For charger, headset, flash etc.
: Connection for external antenna 11 Camera lens 12 Mirror (depending on phone model) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 Z X Service provider 15.03.2004 10:15 NewMMS Menu 8 9 m f
w e i v r e v O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (11) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Display symbols 11 Registered Temporarily interrupted Browser offline Browser online Browser via GPRS online Browser no network IrDA activated IrDA transmission V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Events (selection) SMS memory full MMS memory full Phone memory full No network access Missed call Delete assistant Message symbols (selection) p Unread q Read r Draft s Delivered t MMS not sent w MMS received x MMS read y MMS with DRM contents (p. 17) Voice mail received Display symbols Display symbols (selection) Z Signal strength Y Charging W Battery charge level, e.g. 50 %
L Phonebook P Call records O Surf & fun/
Service provider portal Q Organizer M Messages R Camera S Extras N My stuff T Setup All calls are diverted Ringer off Short ring (beep) only Ringer only if the caller is stored in the Phonebook. Alarm set Keypad locked Auto answer feature on T9Abc Text input with T9. Activated and available m l
f
. s l o b m y s y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (12) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 12 Display symbols Camera symbols Brightness Zoom factor White balance Flash connected Joystick symbols Camera Delete Make call/accept call Menu Zoom OK m l
f
. s l o b m y s y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (13) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) Getting started 13 Insert the battery sideways into the phone 4, then press it down-
wards 5 until it clicks into posi-
tion. 4 5 6 To remove, press the hook on the right side 6 outwards, turn the phone over, and then shake out the battery. Push the battery cover onto the side hooks 7, until it clicks into position. 7 Getting started Insert SIM card/battery The service provider supplies you with a SIM card on which all the important data for your line is stored. If the SIM card has been delivered in credit-card size, snap the smaller segment out and remove any rough edges. Press the grooved area 1, then push the battery cover towards the front in the direction indicated by the arrow 2. 1 2 Place the SIM card in front of the slot with the contact surface fac-
ing downwards. Then push the SIM card in using gentle pressure 3 (ensure that the chamfered corner is in the correct position). 3 Additional information Please switch off your phone before removing the battery!
Only 3 V SIM cards are supported. Please contact your service provider if you have an older card. SIM card problems ..........................p. 114 m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (14) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) 14 Getting started Charge battery Charging procedure The battery is not fully charged when delivered. Plug charger cable into the bottom of the phone, plug power supply unit into a mains power socket and charge for at least two hours. Y Display during charging. Charging time An empty battery is fully charged after about 2 hours. Charging is only possible within a temperature range of +5 C to 45 C. If the temperature rises/falls 5 C above/below this, the charge symbol flashes a warning. The mains voltage specified on the power supply unit must not be exceeded. Operating times The operating time depends upon the respective conditions of use. Extreme temperatures considerably reduce the phones standby time. Avoid placing the phone in the sun or on a heater. Talktime: 100 to 300 minutes Standby time: 60 to 250 hours Charge icon not visible If the battery has been discharged fully, the charge icon is not immedi-
ately visible when the power supply is plugged in. It will appear after up to two hours. In this case the battery is fully charged after 3 to 4 hours. Only use the plug-in power supply unit supplied!
Display while in service Charge level display during opera-
tion (empty full):V W X A beep sounds when the battery is nearly empty. The charge level of the battery is only displayed correctly after an uninterrupted charging/dis-
charging cycle. You should therefore not remove the battery unnecessarily and where possible not finish the loading pro-
cess early. Additional information The power supply unit heats up when used for long periods. This is normal and not dangerous. If the battery is removed for longer than 30 seconds, the clock must be reset. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (15) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) Changing CLIPIt covers You can use CLIPIt covers (accesso-
ries) to personalise the appearance of your phone as you wish. Dismantle the phone To remove the upper faceplate remove the battery cover (see p.10). Use your fingers to press the side hooks 1 and insert your finger nail into the division between the upper and lower faceplates 2 to release the hooks in the lower part. Getting started 15 3 Insert the phone into the bottom of the upper faceplate 4 and then push it in carefully until it clicks into position 5. Finally, replace battery cover (see p. 13). 5 1 4 2 Assemble the phone First insert the keypad mat 3 into the upper faceplate. Ensure that it is sitting exactly in place. CLIPit covers Please switch the phone off before chang-
ing the keypad mat or faceplate. The new keypad has an additional key beneath the joystick to permit direct access to the Internet information from the service provider. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (16) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) 16 Switch on/off, PIN entry Switch on/off, PIN entry Switching phone on/off B Press and hold the On/Off/
End key. Entering the PIN The SIM card can be protected with a 4 to 8-digit PIN. J Enter the PIN using the number keys. The charac-
ters **** appear to ensure nobody can read your PIN on the display. Correct with ]. C Confirm by pressing the joystick. Logging on to the network will take a few seconds. Additional information Change PIN.......................................p. 21 Clear SIM card barring ......................p. 22 Emergency number
(SOS) Only to be used in real emergencies!
By pressing the SOS soft key you can make an emergency call on any net-
work without a SIM card and without entering a PIN (not available in all countries). Change. are updated. Switching on your phone for the first time Time/date Set the clock correctly on a one-off basis when getting started. C Press this key, then select J First enter the date (day/
month/year), then the time (24 hours, including seconds). C Press. The time and date Time zones Set the time zone for your area. I Select the city in the desired time zone from the list ... Set
... and set it. Copy SIM addresses The first time the SIM card is inserted, the entries on it can be cop-
ied to the Addressbook. Please do not interrupt this procedure. During this time do not accept incoming calls. Follow instructions in the display. You can also copy data from the SIM card at a later time (p. 39). m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (17) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 General instructions 17 Main menu The main menu is displayed graphi-
cally with symbols:
mode. symbols. C Call up from standby F I Select the application C Start an application. Main menu options Options Open menu. Different functions are available depending on the context. Large letters Select between two font Illumination Help sizes. Set display illumination to brighter/darker. Display a help text. General instructions Standby mode The phone is in standby mode and is ready for use when the name of the service provider appears on the dis-
play. B Press and hold the On/Off/
End key to return to standby mode from any situation. Signal strength Z Strong receiving signal.
[ A weak signal reduces the call quality and may lead to loss of the connection. Change your location. Digital Rights Mgmt.
(DRM) Remember that your phone has Digital Rights Management. The use of downloaded pictures, sounds or applications can be restricted by the suppliers, e.g. copy protection, use for a limited period of time only, number of times it can be used etc.
(see also p. 73). m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (18) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 General instructions 18 Operating instructions b Menu controls The steps needed to reach a function are shown in a condensed form in this user guide, e. g., to display record of missed calls in condensed form:
This comprises the following steps:
CPMissed calls C Open main menu. Select (highlight) P by moving the joystick upwards, then press verti-
cally down on the joystick before using the joystick to highlight Missed calls. C Confirm. The record is opened. Symbols The following symbols are used to explain operation:
J Enter numbers or letters. B On/Off/End key A Call key
<> Soft keys Menu Displays a soft-key func-
tion. The joystick can be moved in 5 directions. Press the joystick vertically, e.g., to call up the menu. Press the joystick in the direction indicated. Function dependent on ser-
vice provider, may require special registration. C D F E H I G
m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (19) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Standard functions 19 Text input
(p. 23) Rename Capacity Attributes Help T9 preferred: Activate/
deactivate T9 input. Input language: Select language for text. Rename selected entry. Display memory capacity. Display properties of the highlighted object. Display help text. Standard functions Option menus Functions which appear repeatedly in the options menu are listed here. Options Open menu. Edit View Delete/
Delete all New entry Send... Open the entry to edit. Display entry. Delete entry / delete all entries after confirmation. Create new entry. Select transmission service and medium for sending. The sender becomes the recipient. The received text is transferred into the new message. Store entry. Save Save to 9 Save recipients in the cur-
Reply/
Reply to all rent address directory. Set sort criteria
(according to alphabetical order, type, time). Sort m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (20) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) 20 Standard functions Highlighting mode With some applications (e.g. Phone-
book/Addressbook) one or more entries in a list can be highlighted to carry out a function jointly. Options Open menu. Mark Activate highlighting mode. If a non-highlighted entry is selected, this can be highlighted:
Mark The current entry is high-
lighted. If a highlighted entry is selected, the highlighting can be deleted:
Unmark Dehighlight the current entry. Menu speed dialling All menu functions are numbered internally. A function may be selected directly by entering these numbers in sequence. These num-
bers are shown in the top right of the display. E.g., write new SMS
(from standby mode):
menu. Then press C Press to display the main 5 for Messages, then 1 for Create new, then 1 for SMS. Additional highlighting functions:
Mark all Deselect all Delete highlighting on all Highlight all entries. Delete marked marked entries. All selected entries are deleted. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (21) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) Security 21 Select function. CTSecurityCodes PIN control The PIN is usually requested each time the phone is switched on. You can deactivate this feature but you risk unauthorised use of the phone together with your SIM card. Some service providers do not permit deac-
tivating the control. Selection Press. J Enter PIN. C Confirm input. Change C Confirm. Change PIN You can change the PIN to any 4 to 8-digit number you find easier to remember. J Enter current PIN. C Press. J, C Enter new PIN. J, C Repeat new PIN. Press. Security The phone and SIM card are pro-
tected against misuse by several security codes. Keep these security codes in a safe place where you can access them again if required. Codes PIN Protects your SIM card
(personal identification num-
ber). This is needed to set the charge detail display and to access additional functions on special SIM cards. Key code. Used to unlock SIM cards after the wrong PIN has been entered repeatedly. Protects your phone. Must be entered at the first security setting. PIN2 PUK PUK2 Phone code m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (22) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:04) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 22 Security Select function. CTSecurityCodes Change PIN2
(Display only if PIN2 is available). Proceed as for Change PIN. Chg.phonecode
(Change phone code) You define the phone code
(4 to 8 digits) when you call up a phone-code protected function for the first time (e.g. Direct call, p. 32). It is then valid for all phone code-
protected functions. Following the third unsuccessful attempt, access to the phone code and the functions that use it is denied. If this occurs, contact the Siemens Service (p. 117). Clear SIM card barring If the PIN is entered incorrectly three times, the SIM card is barred. Enter the PUK (MASTER PIN) provided by your service provider with the SIM card in accordance with the instructions. If the PUK (MASTER PIN) has been lost, please contact your service provider. Preventing accidental activation Even if PIN control is deactivated
(p. 21) confirmation is required to switch on the phone. This prevents accidental activation of the phone, e.g. when you are car-
rying it in a bag or when you are trav-
elling in an aircraft. B Press and hold. C Press. The phone Cancel switches on. Press this key or take no action. The phone does not switch on. m
f
. p u t r a t S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (23) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) Text entry 23 Text entry Text entry without T9 Press number key repeatedly until the required letter appears. After a brief interval the cursor will advance. Example:2 Press once briefly to write the letter a, twice to write b etc. Press and hold to write the number.
, , 19 Umlauts and numbers are displayed after the rele-
vant letters.
] Press briefly to delete the letter before the cursor;
press and hold to erase the whole word. F Move the cursor
# Press briefly: Swap
(forwards/back). between abc, Abc, T9abc, T9Abc, T9ABC, 123. Status shown in top line of dis-
play. Press and hold: All input-
variants are displayed.
* Press briefly: Special char-
acters are shown. Press and hold: Open input menu. 0 Press once/repeatedly:
. , ? ! " 0 + - ( ) @ / : _ Press and hold: Writes 0. 1 Writes blank. Press twice = line break.
Special characters
* Press briefly. The symbols chart is displayed
, 1)
1) Line break I, F Navigate to characters. Selection Confirm. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (24) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 24 Text entry Input menu
* Press and hold. The input With text input:
menu is displayed:
Text format (SMS only) Input language Mark Copy/Insert Text entry with T9
"T9" deduces the correct word from the individual key entries by making comparisons with an extensive dic-
tionary. Activate, deactivate T9 Options Open text menu. Text input Select. T9 preferred Select. Change Activate T9. Select input language Select the language in which you want to compose your message. Options Open text menu. Text input Select. Input language Select. Selection Confirm. The new lang is set. Languages with T9 support are marked with the T9 symbol. Writing with T9 The display changes as you proceed. It is therefore best if you finish a word without looking at the display. Simply press the keys once only where the relevant letter is located. For "hotel", for example:
# Press briefly for T9Abc then 1/E A blank space or moving 4 6 8 3 5 to the right ends the word. Do not use special characters such as . Use the standard characters instead, e.g. A; T9 will do the rest for you. T9 Text Input is licensed under one or more of the following:
U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,818,437, 5,953,541, 5,187,480, 5,945 928 and 6,011,554;
Canadian Pat. No. 1,331,057;
United Kingdom Pat. No. 2238414B;
Hong Kong Standard Pat. No. HK0940329;
Republic of Singapore Pat. No. 51383;
Euro.Pat. No. 0 842 463 (96927260.8) DE/DK, FI, FR, IT, NL, PT, ES, SE, GB;
and additional patents are pending worldwide. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (25) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) Text entry 25 Correct a word F Move left or right, word by word, until the required word is highlighted.
^ Scroll through the T9 word suggestions again.
] Deletes the last character in a word and displays a new possible word. Additional information Within a "T9 word", individual letters may not be edited without first removing the T9 status. In most cases it is better to rewrite the complete word. 0 Set a full stop. The word is concluded if it is followed by a space. Within a word, a full stop represents an apostro-
phe or hyphen:
e.g. Provider.s = providers. Moving the cursor to the right ends the word. Press briefly: Swap between abc, Abc, T9abc, T9Abc, 123. Status shown in top line of display. Press and hold: All input modes are displayed. Press briefly: Select special characters (p. 23). Press and hold: Opens input menu (p. 24). E
T9 word suggestions If several options are found in the dictionary for a key sequence
(a word), the most probable is dis-
played first. If the word you want has not been recognised, the next sug-
gestion from T9 may be correct. The word must be shown highlighted. Then press
^ The displayed word is replaced with a different word. If this word is also incorrect, press
^ Press until the correct word is displayed. If the word you want is not in the dic-
tionary, it can also be written with-
out T9. To add a word to the dictionary:
Learn The last suggestion is deleted and the word may now be entered with-
out T9 support. Press Save to add it automatically to the dictionary. Select. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (26) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:06) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 26 Text entry Text modules Text modules can be stored in the phone for adding to your messages
(SMS, MMS). Write Text modules CMText modules Options J Write Text modules. Options Open menu and select Select New text. Save. Accept the specified name or allocate a new one. C Save. Use Text modules J Write message
(SMS, MMS). Select. Select Text modules. Options Open text menu. Insert I I Selection Confirm. The text module C Confirm. The text module Select text module from the list. is displayed. is inserted in the message to the right of the cursor. m
f
. t x e T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (27) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) My phone Adjust your phone according to your own wishes in the following ways to give it a personal touch:
Ringtones (p. 79) Assign individual ringtones to caller groups or special dates. Pictures (p. 109) Assign individual pictures or photos to your Addressbook entries. Animations (p. 78) Choose a start-up and closing anima-
tion as well as a personal greeting. Screensaver (p. 77) Choose an analogue or digital clock, or a personal picture.
(Operator) Logo (p. 77) Choose an individual picture (to be displayed in standby mode). Wallpaper (p. 77) Choose your own permanent back-
ground image. Colour scheme (p. 77) Select a colour scheme for the user interface. Applications (p. 72) Download your own applications from the Internet. My phone 27 Where do I get what?
You can purchase additional ring-
tones, logos, animations and Java applications from your service pro-
vider or directly from Siemens. Service provider portal Depending on your service provider, you will find direct access to his por-
tal on your telephone via menu items or bookmarks. Please contact your service provider for more infor-
mation on these services. Siemens City Portal You will find additional ringtones, logos, animations and screensavers as well as more application, games and services on the Internet at this address:
www.siemens-mobile.com Or you can download them directly via Browser:
wap.siemens-mobile.com You will also find a service for saving data here as well as a list of the coun-
tries in which these services are available. My menu Create your own menu (p. 93) with frequently used functions, phone numbers or Browser pages. m
f
. e n o h P y M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (28) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 28 Calling Calling Dialling with number keys The phone must be switched on
(standby mode). J Enter the number (always with dialling code/inter-
national dialling code).
] A short press clears the last digit, a long press clears the entire phone number. A Press the Call key. The displayed phone number is dialled. End call B Press the End key briefly. Press this key even if the person on the other end of the line has hung up first. Set volume I Regulate the volume
(only possible during a call). If a Car Kit is used, its volume setting will not affect the usual setting on the phone. Redial previous numbers To redial the phone number last called:
A Press the Call key twice. To redial other numbers that were dialled previously:
A Press the Call key once. I A ... key. If the number is busy Pick out the phone num-
ber from the list, then to dial press the If the called number is busy or can-
not be reached because of network problems several options are avail-
able (depending on the service pro-
vider). An incoming call or any other use of the phone interrupts these functions. Either Auto. redial Auto dial The phone number is dialled automatically up to ten times at increasing time intervals. End with:
B End key. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (29) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Calling 29 Accept call The phone must be switched on. An incoming call will interrupt any other use of the phone. C Press. Or A Press. A phone number transmitted by the network is displayed, along with the associated name (where applicable with picture) if this is stored in the Phonebook/Addressbook (p. 35). Reject call Reject OrB Press. Press briefly. Warning!
Please make sure you have accepted the call before holding the phone to your ear. This will avoid damage to your hearing from loud ringtones. Additional information
Missed call display. Press and hold to switch off the ringing tone and vibration. Or Call back b Call back Your phone rings when the busy number is free. Press the Call key to dial the number. Reminder Prompt A beep reminds you to redial the displayed phone number after 15 minutes. Additional information Store phone number in the Addressbook/Phonebook. Handsfr. Switch on Handsfree (play-
back through loudspeaker). Always switch off "handsfree talking" before holding the phone to your ear. This will avoid damage to your hearing.
Press and hold to switch microphone off. International dialling codes 0 Country Phone number memo You can enter a phone number during the call. The person to whom you are speaking can hear these entries. When the connec-
tion has ended you can save or dial the phone number. Press and hold until a "+" is displayed. Press and select country. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (30) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 30 Calling Handsfree You can put the phone down during a call. You can then use the loud-
speaker to hear the caller. Handsfr. Activate handsfree talking. C Switch on. I Use the joystick to adjust the volume. Handsfr. Deactivate. Warning!
Always switch off "handsfree talking"
before holding the phone to your ear!
Otherwise, you will damage your hearing!
Swap between two calls b Establish a second connection You can call another number during a call. Options Open call menu. Hold The current call is put on hold. J Now dial the new phone number or select Options, Phonebook/
Addressbook, and select phone number. When the new connection is established:
Toggle Swapping between calls. Incoming calls during a call You may need to register for this ser-
vice with your service provider and set your phone accordingly (p. 81). During a call, you may be advised that there is another call waiting. You will hear a special tone during the call. You have the following options:
Accept the waiting call in addition to the first. Toggle Accept the waiting call, putting the current call on hold to do so. Always proceed as above to swap between the two calls. Reject the waiting call Reject Or Divert Press. The waiting call is diverted, for example, to the mailbox. Accept the waiting call and end the current call B End the current call. C Accept new call. End call(s) B Press the End key. After the Return to held call? display, you have the following selection:
Yes You accept the call on hold. You end the second call. No m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (31) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Calling 31 Call options The following functions are only available during a call:
Options Open menu. Hold Microphone on Hold current call. If switched off, the person on the other end of the line cannot hear you (muting). Also:* Press and hold. Call via the loudspeaker. Adjust handset volume. Handsfree Volume Default book Display Phonebook/
Conference Time/
charges Send DTMF Call transfer=
Main menu Call status Addressbook.
(See p. 31) Display talktime that has elapsed so far and (if set) cost incurred during the call. Enter control codes (num-
bers) for remote inquiries to an answering machine. Connect the original call with a second call. For you, both calls are now ended. Access to the main menu. List all held and active calls
(e.g. participants in a con-
ference). Conference b Call up to 5 parties one by one and link them together in a multiparty call. Some of the functions described may not be supported by your ser-
vice provider or may have to be enabled specially. A connection has already been established:
Options Open menu and select Hold. The current connec-
tion is maintained. J Now dial a new number. When the new connec-
tion is established ... .. open menu and select Conference. The held call is joined. Options Repeat procedure until all partici-
pants are linked together
(up to 5 participants). End B All calls in the multiparty conversation are ended when the End key is pressed. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (32) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 32 Calling Direct call If this is active, only one number can be dialled. Switch on CTSecurityDirect call C Confirm selection. J Enter phone code. When first prompted you define and enter the phone code (48 digits). C Confirm selection. Please do not forget this code (p. 21)!
/J Select phone number from the Phonebook/
C Confirm. Addressbook or enter it. Apply Carola To dial the phone number
(e.g. Carols phone num-
ber), press and hold the right soft key. Switch off
Press and hold. J Enter phone code. C Confirm input. Control codes (DTMF) You can, for example, enter control codes (numbers) for remote access to an automatic answering machine while another connection exists. These entries are transmitted directly as DTMFcodes (control codes). Options Open menu. Send DTMF Select. Using the Phonebook/
Addressbook Store phone numbers and control codes (DTMF codes) in the Phone-
book/Addressbook in the same way as a normal entry, see p. 33. J Enter phone number. 0 Press and hold until a "+"
appears in the display
(wait for the connection to be established). J Enter DTMF codes 0 If necessary, wait again
(numbers). for three seconds at a time for the receiver to process the entries safely. J Enter a name. Save Store entry. You may also store just the DTMFcodes (numbers) and then send them during the call. m
f
. e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (33) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:07) Default book CLSelect function. Show entries The entries in the default book
(Addressbook or Phonebook) are shown. J/I Select a name with the New entry first letter and/or scroll. Create new entry. Address book (see also p. 34) Phonebook (see also p. 38) Default book H You can set which directory you prefer to use. The selected default book is opened in standby mode with the joystick. Open Phonebook or Addressbook Address book A lot of data can be recorded in the Addressbook for each entry, and additional functions (e.g., pictures, birthdays) can be used. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Default book 33 Phonebook The Phonebook is located on the SIM card. Only one phone number can be entered per entry. The Phonebook on the SIM card can easily be trans-
ferred into a different phone. Business card Create your own business card to send to a different GSM-phone. If no business card has been created yet, you will be asked for your input. Move from field to field to enter your details. Press. H Save Additional information The content of the business card and the Addressbook entries correspond to inter-
national standards (vCard). Copy numbers from Address-
book/Phonebook. Groups See p. 37.
<Info numbers>
See p. 40. m
f
. k o o B _ f e r P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (34) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 34 Address book Address book The Addressbook can store up to 1000 entries, each with a variety of phone numbers and additional address details. These entries are managed separately from those in the Phonebook in the phone mem-
ory. However, you can exchange data between the Addressbook and the Phonebook on the SIM card. The Addressbook is set as standard:
Open Addressbook
(in standby mode) Select required input fields. New entry H C Display input fields. I J Fill in input fields. The maximum number of characters available is shown at the top of the display. At least one name must be entered. Always enter phone number with dialling code. URL:
Inst. Msg. >>
Possible input fields Last name:
First name:
Phone number: Group:
Phone/office:
Phone/cell:
Fax:
Fax #2:
E-mail address:
Email #2:
Company:
Address: >>
Birthday: >>
Picture:
All fields Additional information Group:
Address:
Inst. Msg. Assignment to a group
(p. 37). Extension to enter the complete address:
Street:, ZIP:, City:, Country:
Information if the entry is being used as a chat room contact (p. 61):
Nickname:, WV user ID:, ICQ number:, AIM screen name:
m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (35) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 35 Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). Address book Display/find entry H J/I Select required entry. C Display. Display options Options The options menu only offers the functions for the currently selected input field. Move to ... View Assign current entry or highlighted entries to a group. Display an assigned picture. Copy to SIM Copies name and one phone number to the SIM card (Phonebook). Create a message with the selected entry. Start WAP browser and visit URL. Begin dialogue, p. 61. New SMS, New MMS Browser Inst. Msg.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Birthday: After activation, the date Picture:
of birth is entered. Reminder: The phone reminds you at the time entered one day before the birthday. Assign a picture to the entry. It is displayed if you are called by one of the corresponding phone numbers. All fields/Reduced fields Displays the required input fields. Save the entry. Save Additional information Temporary switch to Phone-
book. Synchronisation You can use the mobile phone manager
(p. 111) to synchronise your Addressbook with Outlook and other Siemens telephones. Using Remote sync. you can synchronise your mobile with an organiser stored on the Internet (see also p. 107). Completing phone numbers see p. 40 m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (36) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Press. Select input field. Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). 36 Address book Change entry H J/I Select required entry. Edit I Edit J Make changes. Save Call entry H J/I Select a name with the A The number is dialled. Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). first letter and/or scroll. Save. Open entry if necessary. If there are several numbers in the address book entry, these are offered for selection. I A The number is dialled. Select phone number. Addressbook options Depending on the actual situation, different functions will be offered. These functions can be applied to the entry currently selected as well as to multiple selected entries:
Options Open menu. Move to ... Copy current entry or high-
lighted entries to a group. Filter Import Copy to SIM Copies name and number to the SIM card (Phonebook). Only those entries which match the filter criteria are displayed. Set up readiness to receive for a Phonebook entry via IrDA (p. 86) or SMS (p. 46). Specify sorting criteria for output of the Addressbook entries. Search Enter search term.
(For standard functions, see p. 19) Sort m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (37) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Address book 37 Ringtone for group Assign a ringtone to a group that plays when one of its members calls you. CTRing tonesGroup calls I C Confirm. If a ringtone has Select group. already been set, it will be played. Otherwise, the ringtone list will be dis-
played and you can select one. I If necessary, select a ringtone. C Confirm. Groups Nine groups are specified in your phone to enable you to arrange your Addressbook entries clearly. You can rename seven groups. entries is listed behind the group name). Select group. Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). H
<Groups> Select (the number of I Groups menu Options Open menu. Rename group Group symbol Assign a symbol to a group. The symbol must then appear in the display when one of the group members calls. Change name of group. Additional information No group: Contains all Addressbook entries that do not belong to a group (name cannot be changed). Received: Contains Addressbook entries received by IrDA (p. 86) or SMS (p. 46)
(name cannot be changed). m
f
. k o o b s s e r d A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (38) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 38 Phonebook Phonebook Entries in the Phonebook (on the SIM card) are managed separately from the Addressbook. You can, how-
ever, exchange data between the Phonebook and the Addressbook. New entry If the Phonebook has been selected as standard:
H Open Phonebook
(in standby mode). H Select <New entry>. C Display input fields. I Select input field. J Fill in input fields. The maximum number of characters available is shown at the top of the display. Phone number:
Always enter phone number with dialling code. An entry is not saved without a phone number. Name:
Enter first and/or last names. Group:
Default No group Important phone numbers may be combined in a group (VIP). Location:
Default SIM Special SIM cards can save phone numbers in a protected area
(SIM protected) (PIN2 required). Record #:
Each entry is automatically assigned a record number. You can also dial using the record number. Save Press to store the new entry. Additional information Temporary switch to Address-
Country International dialling code...p. 29 Functions related to Text entry ..........p. 23 book. m
f
. k o o b e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (39) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Phonebook Phonebook options 39 The following functions are avail-
able, depending on the current situ-
ation. Options Open menu. Copy to 9 Copy all highlighted entries to the Addressbook. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Copy all to 9 Copy all entries to the Delete all Import Addressbook. The whole Phonebook is deleted. PIN-protected. Set up readiness to receive for a Phone-
book entry via IrDA
(p. 86) or SMS (p. 46).
(For standard functions, see p. 19) Open Phonebook. first letter and/or scroll. Call (search for an entry) H J/I Select a name with the A Phone number is dialled. Call using record no. A record number is automatically assigned to every new entry in the Phonebook. J Enter record number.
# Press. A Press. Change entry I Edit J/I Select input field J Make changes. Save Select entry in Phonebook. Press. required. Press. m
f
. k o o b e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (40) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Phonebook 40
<Special books>
H
<Special books>
Open Addressbook
(in standby mode). Select.
<Own numbers>
Enter own phone numbers in Phonebook (e.g., fax) for informa-
tion. These numbers can be changed, deleted and also sent as an SMS message.
<VIP numbers>
Display the phone numbers saved in the VIP group.
<SIM phonebook>
Entries stored in the Phonebook on the SIM card can also be used on other GSM phones.
<Protected SIM>
On special SIM cards, phone num-
bers can be stored in a protected location. PIN2 is required for editing. b
<Service nos.>/<Info numbers>
There might be phone numbers saved in your Phonebook that have been provided by your service pro-
vider. They may be used to call local or national information services or to use services offered by your service provider. Completing phone numbers in the Phonebook Digits may be replaced by a "?" when phone numbers are entered in the Phone-
book:*
These wildcards must be replaced with numbers before dialling (e.g., with the extension numbers in a phone system). To make a call, select the phone number from the Phonebook/Addressbook. A J Replace "?" with numbers. A Number is dialled. Press and hold. Press. m
f
. k o o b e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (41) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Call records The phone number of a caller is dis-
played if the caller has switched off the Incognito function and the network supports the
"Caller Identity" function. Alternatively, a callers name is dis-
played if it is stored in the Phone-
book/Addressbook. Your phone stores the phone num-
bers of calls for convenient redial-
Select record. ling. CP I C Open record. I A Dial phone number. Or View Select phone number. Display information on the phone number. Up to 500 entries are stored in the records:
V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Call records 41 b Missed calls The phone numbers of calls that you have received but not answered are stored for callback purposes. Icon for missed call
(in standby mode). Press the display key beneath the symbol to call up the Main Inbox
(p. 45). mode. Calls received Accepted calls are listed. Calls dialed Access to the last numbers dialled by you. A Fast access in standby Delete records The records are deleted. Call list menu The records menu can be called up if an entry is highlighted. Options Open menu. Copy to 9 /
Copy to SIM Copy the currently selected phone number into the preferred direc-
tory.
(For standard functions see p. 19) m
f
. s d r o c e R _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (42) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:09) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 42 Time/charges Time/charges You can display the charges and duration during a call. You can set a unit limitation for outgoing calls. CPTime/charges Select:
Last call:
Incoming calls:
Outgoing calls:
Outgoing SMS:
Outgoing MMS:
GPRS data flow:
All calls:
Remaining units:
I Reset Scroll through the display. Reset the selected setting. Charge setting C Open menu. Charge/Unit
(PIN2 prompt) Enter the currency as well as the charge per unit and time. Charge limit
(PIN2 prompt) Special SIM cards allow you or the service provider to define a credit limit or a period after which the phone is barred for outgoing calls. Edit J Enter PIN2. Charge limit J Enter number of units. OK Switch on. Confirm. Press. Then confirm the credit or reset the counter. The status display for pre-
paid cards may vary, depending on the service provider. Auto display Call duration and charges are displayed automatically. m i
f
. e g r a h C e m T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (43) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Camera 43 Camera You can view photos/videos record-
ed on the integrated camera imme-
diately and use the photo as a background image, logo, a switch on/off animation or a screensaver. send the photo via MMS. pectedly. Information about the selected resolution is located under the preview image. 24 Switch on CR OrD Start camera in standby mode. The current (preview) image is dis-
played. You will see the following in the first line from left to right:
Brightness Zoom factor White balance Flash connected. The number of photos that can still be taken in the selected resolution is displayed in the top right-hand cor-
ner of the preview image. As the memory requirement depends essentially on the subject photo-
graphed and the resolution, the number of photos that are still possi-
ble can sometimes change unex-
Photo Options RecordC Takes a photo. C Displays the preview image of the next photo. The photo is saved with a name, the date and the time. To enter the name see Setup in the options menu. F Sets the brightness. Settings prior to taking a photo:
I Sets the zoom factor. m
f
. a r e m a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (44) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 44 Camera Image resolution It is possible to set the quality of the image regardless of the preview image resolution, e.g.:
Premium Medium Background The resolution may decrease depending on the selected digital zoom. Flash (accessories) If the flash is active, this is shown by a symbol in the display. The flash is charged constantly while it is con-
nected to the phone and the camera is activated. This reduces the stand-
by time. This symbol appears when the flash is being charged. For settings, see options menu. Camera options The following functions are available, depending on the current situation. Options Open menu. Settings Name for recordings Image resolution Colour mode: normal, sepia, grey tints Pictures Use flash Auto-timer White balance The last picture taken is displayed. Choose between:
Automatic, Off, Red-eye The photo is taken approx. 15 seconds after trigger-
ing. For the last 5 seconds, you will hear a beep each second. Choose between:
Automatic, Indoor, Outdoor
(For standard functions see p. 19) Additional information Insufficient memory available. Start the delete assistant to delete data (p. 83). A mirror can be attached to the back of the phone depending on the phone variant. This makes it easier to take self portraits. m
f
. a r e m a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (45) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:10) Main Inbox 45 C When you open an entry, the relevant application also starts. After a set period of time, entries which have already been read and opened are only displayed in the message-related inbox lists (see Setup in the optionsmenu). Main Inbox options Options Open menu. Setup If entries have been read, remove them from the Main Inbox:
Daily, Never, Immediately If Daily has been selected, specify the time.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Main Inbox The inbox folder offers immediate access to the messages just received. This means that you no longer have to look through all inbox folders for the various message types. The entries are marked with a symbol to indicate their type and status. You will find a list of the symbols on p. 11. To call up the inbox folder, e.g. if a new SMS has been received:
Press the soft key beneath OrE In standby mode:
the symbol. You will find the following message types in the inbox folder:
SMS, MMS System messages Message about MMS, Missed alarm, Missed appts., Missed calls, WAP push, Voice message Data objects Ring tones, Pictures, calendar entries, Notes and Business card m I
f
. x o b n d e i f i n U _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (46) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 46 SMS SMS You can transmit and receive very long messages (up to 760 charac-
ters) on your phone. They are auto-
matically composed of several "nor-
mal" SMS messages (note higher charges). You can also insert simple pictures and sounds in an SMS. Write/send CMCreate newSMS J Input text. You will find information on writing texts with and without T9 in the chapter
"Text entry" (p. 23). The following is displayed in the top display line:
Text entry status, number of SMS messages required, number of char-
acters still available. A Start sending procedure.
/J Select phone number from the Phonebook/
Addressbook or enter it. Group If necessary, select a group. C Confirm. The SMS is trans-
mitted to the service cen-
tre to be sent and saved in the Sent items list. Text options Options Open menu. Save Picture&
sound Text modules Format Save composed text in draft list. Add pictures, animations and sounds into message (see fol-
lowing text). Insert Text modules (p. 26). Font size: Small font, Medium font, Large font Underline Alignment: Default alignm., Left, Center, Right Mark (highlight text with the joystick) Delete the whole text. Delete text Send with...
(For standard functions see p. 19) Select SMS profile so the SMS can be sent. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (47) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) SMS 47 Picture&sound Send simple pictures and tones with or without accompanying text. Remember that these may be pro-
tected (DRM, p. 17). With the text input field open:
Options Open menu. I Select Picture&sound. The menu contains:
Def animations Def. sounds Own anim. Own pictures Own sounds I C Confirm. The first entry of Select list. the selected section is dis-
played. Scroll to entry required. I For Def animations/Def. sounds:
C The selection is added to the SMS. For Own anim./Own pictures/
Own sounds:
C The selection is displayed/
C The selection is added to played back. the SMS. The pictures which have been added are displayed. Sounds are displayed in the form of "wildcards". SMS to group You can send an SMS message as a
"circular" to a recipient group. Options Open menu. Send Group I C Open group and highlight C Transmission is started Select. The list of groups is dis-
played. Select group. all/individual entries. after a security prompt. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (48) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 SMS 48 Read p Arrival of a new SMS announced in the display. Open Main Inbox (p. 45) using the soft key posi-
tioned beneath it. C Reading the SMS. I Scroll through message line by line. SMS 10.05.2004
+ 12398765431 SMS text . 19:42 Reply Options Reply You can answer the currently open SMS immediately. The newly added text is placed above the received text. Open reply menu. Reply options Reply Create new Edit Answer is YES Answer is NO Call back, Delay, Thanks Create a new reply text. Edit received SMS or add new text. Add Answer is YES to the SMS. Add Answer is NO to the SMS. Add a standard text as a reply to an SMS. Read options Options Open options menu. Reply Picture&sound Zoom in Archive See "Reply options"
above. Save picture/sound contained in the SMS. Enlarge or reduce text display. Move SMS message to archive.
(For standard functions see p. 19). m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (49) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) SMS 49 Sent items CMSent itemsSMS The list of sent SMS messages is displayed. SMS archive CMSMS archive The list of SMS messages stored in the phone is displayed. List options Different functions are offered depending on the list. Options Open menu. Send Send with... Select an SMS profile for Send or forward entry. Archive transmission. Move SMS message to archive.
(For standard functions, see p. 19) Lists All SMS messages are archived in dif-
ferent lists, according to their status.
(For overview of message symbols, see p. 11):
Inbox CMInboxSMS The list of received SMS messages is displayed. Draft CMDraftSMS The list of not yet transmitted SMS messages is displayed. Unsent CMUnsentSMS The list of concatenated SMS mes-
sages not yet completely sent is displayed. Transmission can be restarted. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (50) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 SMS 50 Setting SMS signature C MMsg settings SMSSMS signature You can enter a "signature" with a maximum of 16 characters. This sig-
nature will then be attached to each SMS except for a Reply and when changes are made to an existing SMS. SMS profiles CMMsg settings SMSSMS profiles Select profile. Up to 5 SMS profiles can be set. The transmission characteristics of an SMS are defined in these. The pre-
setting depends on the SIM card inserted. Activate profile I C Activate. Set profile I Edit Service centre Open to edit the profile. Enter the phone numbers for the service centre as provided by the service provider. Select profile. Recipient Enter a standard recipient for the profile. Message type Manual: Inquiry for all mes-
Standard text: Normal SMS sages. message. Fax: Transmission via SMS. E-mail: Transmission via SMS. New: You may need to obtain the required code number from your service provider. Validity period Status report =
Direct reply =
SMS via GPRS =
Save aft. send Period within which the service centre is to try to deliver the message:
Manual, 1 hour, 3 hours, 6 hours, 1 day, 1 week, Maximum*
* Maximum period that the ser-
vice provider permits. Receive confirmation of suc-
cessful/failed transmission of a message. This service may be subject to a charge. If activated, the reply to your SMS message is handled via your service centre (for infor-
mation, please contact your service provider). Send SMS automatically via GPRS (p. 86). Sent SMS messages are saved in the Sent items list. m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (51) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:12) More information on SMS SMS status report If the message cannot be transmit-
ted to the service centre you are offered the chance to repeat the transmission. If this also fails, con-
tact your service provider. The Message sent. message only indi-
cates transmission to the service centre. This will then attempt to relay the message within a certain period. See also Validity period (p. 50). Phone number in SMS Phone numbers displayed in highlighted text can be dialled (A) or saved in the Phonebook/Address-
book. SMS 51 Downloading ringtones and logos You can receive links for download-
ing ringtones, logos, screensavers, animations and information about applications with an SMS. Please highlight this link and, by pressing the Call key A, start the download. Please check that the dial-in access
(p. 86) is configured. Remember that these may be pro-
tected (DRM, p. 17). SIM memory full If the message icon flashes the SIM memory is full. No more SMS mes-
sages can be received. Messages must be deleted or archived. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m
f
. S M S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (52) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 52 MMS MMS The Multimedia Messaging Service enables you to send texts, pictures and sounds in a combined message to another mobile phone. All ele-
ments of an MMS message are merged to form a "slide show". Depending on your phone's settings, you will receive either the complete message automatically or notifica-
tion that an MMS has been saved in the network, giving sender and size details. You may then download it to your phone to read it. Ask your service provider whether this service is available. You may need to register for this service sepa-
rately. Create CMCreate newMMS An MMS consists of the address header and the content. An MMS may consists of a series of pages. Each page may contain a text, a picture and a sound. Remember that pictures and sounds may be pro-
tected (DRM, p. 17). Write texts with the help of T9
(p. 23). Pictures may be taken using the inte-
grated camera and/or loaded from My stuff (p. 109). Sounds may be recorded using the Sound recorder and/or loaded from My stuff (p. 109). First select an object for processing to be added to the first page of the MMS:
Pictures Limits on picture size can be set in the user settings.
<Picture> Select. C Display picture functions:
Insert image Open list to select a picture. Camera Activate the camera to take a photo for the MMS (p. 43). R Also possible. Open Display picture. Delete Delete inserted picture. Save Store picture for use later on. Properties Display properties, incl. any user right restrictions (p. 17). m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (53) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) MMS 53 Select. Sounds
<Sound>
C Display sound functions:
Insert sound Open list to select a sound. Record Activate sound recording to record sounds (p. 104). m Also possible. Open Play back the sound. Delete Delete inserted sound. Save Save sound for use later on. Properties Display properties, incl. any user right restrictions (p. 17). played (see also p. 23):
Select and write the text. Text
<Text>
C The text functions are dis-
Insert from Choose any of the following for insertion: Text modules, Bookmark, Insert from d Delete text Delete text on current page. Save Save text on the page as a text module. Text input T9 settings:
T9 preferred, Input language Mark Text processing together with Copy and Insert. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (54) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 54 MMS Picture... Sound... Text... Page Generation options Options Open menu. law Send MMS Send MMS. Play Play back entire MMS on the display. See p. 52. See p. 53. See p. 53. Add page: Insert new page behind current one. Delete Page: Delete cur-
rent page. Page list: Display available pages. Timing: Set the time sequence for the MMS pre-
sentation:
Page duration:
Automatic or Manual Show page:
Only if Manual is set in front of it. Enter the lifespan of a page. Properties Enter sending parameters
(see next chapter). Save as templ. Layout Colors Save created MMS as a template. See also below. Select one of four possible layouts:
Text above, beneath, beside (on left or right of) picture. Select the colours for:
Message Page Bitmap Text backgrd. Text color
(For standard functions see p. 19) Templates CMMMS template MMS templates are saved MMS mes-
sages with no address. They can be sent as new MMS messages or used as part of a new MMS. A maximum of 10 templates can be saved. Create templates by writing a new MMS or using an MMS which you have already received. Options Open menu and select Save as templ. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (55) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) MMS 55 Expanded address fields I More:
Scroll downwards. Cc:
Bcc:
Provide additional address fields. Address(es) of copy recip-
ient(s). Address(es) of copy recip-
ient(s) who are not visible to the other recipients. Attachments:
Insert attachments. Creation date. Date:
Use delivery time:
Use specified send time. If Yes:
Delivery date:
Send date. Delivery time:
Send time. Icons for status information Priority Send report Contains protected contents (DRM, p. 17). Send The page(s) of the new MMS is (are) already created and the MMS is dis-
played. A Open address entry. MMS Subject:
Greetings from Munich Send to:
+1234567654321 |
Size:
85 KB
] Options Subject:
Send to:
Enter a brief description. Enter one or more phone number(s). Insert from Addressbook. Display the size of the current MMS in kilobytes. Size:
A Start sending procedure. C The MMS is sent after con-
firmation. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (56) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 56 MMS Sending options Options Open menu. Send MMS Send MMS. Play Play back entire MMS on the display. Display object selection to change an object. Add recipient from the cur-
rent address directory. Delete individual recipient. Edit Add attachment:
File Business card Appointment Display MMS pages for viewing and/or changing. Save created MMS as a template. Save as templ.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Add addressee Del. addressee Add attchmnt. Page list Receive Depending on the setting (p. 58) an MMS can be received in two ways:
Complete transmission The complete MMS is sent to your phone. This can take quite a while if the MMS is large. Shown in the display.
< Start reception. The MMS is sent. Prior notification You are notified that an MMS is awaiting reception. w Shown in the display.
< Read the notification. Dis-
play the size of the MMS in KB. The complete MMS is sent. Display in Main Inbox Accept OK m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (57) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 MMS 57 Lists All MMS messages are saved in four different lists (for list of message icons, see p. 11). Inbox CMInboxMMS The list of MMS messages and notifi-
cations received is displayed. To receive an MMS subsequently, open notification and press Accept. Draft CMDraftMMS The list of stored drafts is displayed. Unsent CMUnsentMMS The list of the MMS messages not yet completely transmitted is displayed. Sent items CMSent itemsMMS The list of sent MMS messages is dis-
played. the MMS. Select the MMS. An MMS has been received in full. Read I C Start automatic playing of E D Key functions for playback:
To the next page. Press briefly once to return to the start of the current page; press briefly twice to return to the start of the previous page. Set volume. I C/B End. The message details are displayed when the MMS is complete. Subject:
From:
Description of the MMS. Information about the sender. Size of the MMS in KB. Size:
Expanded address fields H Scroll down. More:
Cc:
Attachments:
Copy recipient Additional input fields Save attachments Date received Date:
Symbols for status information
(see p. 55) m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (58) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) 58 MMS List options Different functions are offered depending on the list/situation. Options Open menu. Play Edit View Play MMS on the display. Display MMS for processing. Display MMS for viewing only (write-protected). Send MMS. Send MMS Reply MMS Reply to MMS immediately. Forward MMS Properties Enter recipient(s) for for-
warding. Display message parameters. Receiv.all Send all new MMS mes-
MMS sages immediately.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Select function. Setting CMMsg settingsMMS MMS profile:
Six MMS profiles can be set (5 in the telephone memory, one on the SIM card). The send properties can be specified in them. In most cases, the setting has already been made. If necessary, check with your service provider for details. Activate profile I Options Open menu and select Select profile. Activate. Set profile I Options Open menu and select Select profile. Change sett. m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (59) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:15) MMS 59 Retrieval:
Default duration:
Length of display for an MMS page (standard requirement). Receive complete MMS or only notification of arrival. Immediate Receive complete MMS immediately. Auto.homenet Receive complete MMS immediately in home network. Manual Only receive the notification. Spam filter: Settings for receipt of pro-
Size indica-
tion: =
motional MMS. Set max. message size and message handling. Default priority:
Request delivery confirma-
tion for sent messages. User settings Set the MMS dispatch to suit your requirements:
Delivery report:
Read reply: Request confirmation that the MMS has been read. Send priority:
Normal, High, Low Select the period in which the service centre is to try to deliver the message:
Manual, 1 hour, 3 hours, 6 hours, 1 day, 1 week, Maximum*
* Maximum period that the service provider permits. Transmission from the ser-
vice centre to the recipient:
Immediate, Tomorrow Earliest deliv. time:
Validity:
m
f
. S M M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (60) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 60 Voice message/mailbox Voice message/mailbox CMSetupVoice message Most service providers provide a mailbox in which a caller can leave a voice mail for you if your phone is switched off or not ready to receive, if you do not want to answer, if you are making a phone call
(and if Call waiting (p. 81) is not activated). If the voice mail service is not part of your service provider's standard package, you will need to register for it, and possibly set it manually. The following sequence may vary from service provider to service provider. Setup b The service provider supplies you with two phone numbers:
Save mailbox number You call this phone number to listen to the voice mails left for you. CMSetupVoice message
/J Select number from Phonebook/Addressbook or enter/change it. Confirm. OK Save call divert number Calls are diverted to this phone num-
e.g. UnansweredSet ber. CTPhone setupDivert J Enter phone number. OK Registration with the net-
work is confirmed a few seconds later. b Listen to message A new voice message can be announced as follows, depending on the service provider:
Symbol plus beep. Or Notification via SMS. Or You receive a call with an automatic announcement. Call your mailbox and play the mes-
sage(s) back.1 Press and hold (if neces-
sary enter mailbox num-
ber once). Confirm with OK and Mailbox depend-
ing on your service pro-
vider. m f
. x o b l i
a M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (61) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 61 Start menu Login Select the access through which the dialogue is to take place or Account: select (p. 66). Msg. history Read the messages from the last session. Setup V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Settings for your repre-
sentation, the application and servers. End application. Exit Rapidly to chat room Select access (p. 66) CMInst. Msg.Login The current contact list or the over-
view is displayed (if necessary, set access first, p. 66). Specify your own status (p. 67) Options Open menu. My settings B Return to contact list. Select and make entries. Inst. Msg. b Through the chat room you can receive text, audioclips, pictures and files as well as send them directly to one or more end devices (mobile phone, PC). This function is not offered by all service providers. Please ask your service provider. Your dialogue partners are entered in contact lists. Once a connection has been established these lists show who is available, whether he/
she wishes to be disturbed and what mood he/she is in at present. For the Inst. Msg. to function correctly it might be necessary for you to first enter your own mobile phone num-
ber in the Phonebook (on the SIM card) under <Own numbers> (p. 40). GPRS must be switched on. CMInst. Msg. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (62) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 62 Inst. Msg. Enter new contact (p. 63) Options Open menu. Set Add contact Press, then select and enter at least the user ID. Select the contact. B Return to contact list. Hold dialogue with new contact
(p. 65) I C Start dialogue. C Open editor. J Write text. C Send text ... and so on. Login CMInst. Msg.Login Select the last access used (see also Automatic login: p. 67). Contact lists When the connection has been established, the contact list or the overview of the contact lists is shown for selection. In the contact list, you will find a list of the most recently used contacts. The first time you log in, an "empty"
contact list will be generated by the server if necessary. Displays in the list:
-Conversation Displays online contacts for whom there are messages.
-Online Online contacts with whom no con-
versations are being held at present. b
-Group Groups for holding a dialogue with several contacts.
-Offline Contacts who are not online at present. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (63) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 63 b Select one of the groups you set up yourself. Manage groups I Options Open menu. Set Group settings Different functions are offered depending on the selection:
Add member Select. Find member Invite Add group Find group Add a new group mem-
ber, see also Add con-
tact Search for group member. Invitation to the contacts in your own group to visit chat room. group member list. Add new group. Search for group on the server (also groups no longer managed in the list). Delete member Delete contact from the Select a contact. Manage contacts I Options Open menu. Set Contacts Different functions are offered depending on the selection:
Add contact Select. User ID:
Enter an unambiguous user (login) name. Nickname:
Enter your own nick-
name for the contact. Friend:
The contact receives the status Friend: and access to personal infor-
mation (p. 67). Find contact Search for contact. Delete contact Delete contact from Block contact the list. No more messages are received from the con-
tact and the contact receives no status infor-
mation from you. This function works for all your lists. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (64) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 64 Inst. Msg. Create group Create group Group ID:
Enter a non-ambiguous group name. Name:
Name of group. Topic:
Topic for group. Searchable:
Other people can look for the group. Welcome msg.:
Enter welcome text. Delete group. Create a new contact list The current contact list is displayed. Options Open menu. Contact lists Available contact lists are displayed. Options Open menu. Create Contact list ID:
Select. Give the contact list its own, specific name. Allocate self-explanatory names. Name:
C Confirm. Contact list options Options Open menu. Details=
Additional information about the contact or the group. Information on your cur-
rent personal status
(p. 67). Functions for managing a contact or a group. Display contact lists for selection. Display all blocked con-
tacts. Can be unblocked.
(p. 67). End the application; the server remains con-
nected. Log off from the server and return to start menu. Display help text. My settings Set Contact lists Block list Exclude Logout Help App. settings Set the application m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (65) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 65 Options (individual contact) Options Open menu. Send sound =
Send picture
Send other =
Details Clear all Block contact Select and send a melody/
sound from the list (DRM, p. 17). Select and send a picture from the list (DRM, p. 17). Send any file. Information about the con-
tact, if this is authorised by him. Delete all texts in the cur-
rent chat room. No more messages are received from the contact and the contact receives no status information from you. This function works for all your lists. Options (group contact) b Options Open menu. Subscribers List group participants cur-
rently online. Leave group Exit group. Details Information about the group:
Group ID:, Name:, Topic:, Owner:
Delete all texts in the cur-
rent chat room. Clear all Start chat room visit I C Start communication with A contact list must be displayed. Select a contact or a group. the contact. The page in the chat room is displayed. When a group is engaged in a dia-
logue, the name of the sender is placed in front of each contribution. C Open editor. J Write text. C Send text. The text appears in the chat room soon afterwards. Naturally, you can also receive mes-
sages from contacts you do not know. This will be pointed out to you in the display, and you can either switch to chat room or ignore/block the contact. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (66) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 66 Inst. Msg. Accept object Receiving objects b If sounds or pictures are sent to you during a dialogue, you will be informed of such in the display. Accept or Reject Msg. history CMInst. Msg. Reject object. Msg. history The messages from the last meeting are displayed. You can read and delete the contributions. Requirement: The server must be disconnected, see Exclude (p. 64) and Automatic login: (p. 67). Setting CMInst. Msg.Setup Account The list of available accesses is dis-
played. Select function. I/ C Select an access to estab-
Or
<New entry>/Account sett. lish a connection. b Set up an account or change the settings as specified by the service provider. Depending on the service provider, the settings may not be changeable. Name:
URL:
User ID:
Password:
Name of access. Enter URL, e.g. http://
www.abc.com Enter an unambiguous user
(login) name. Enter password (shown as a series of asterisks). m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (67) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Inst. Msg. 67 App. settings Settings for the application used:
Automatic Auto-reconnect to the login:
last access used. Timeout:
Time without action after which the application is ended. However, the server remains con-
nected. Signal the receipt of messages: Yes/No Signal given as:
Sound Silent alert Pop-up Message info:/
Online info:
Popup windows authorised: Yes/No My settings Information on your current per-
sonal status:
Alias:
Screen name:
Mood:
Your own alias under which you can be found on the server. Name to be displayed in the group. Information about your own mood, e. g. Happy, Sad, Tired, etc. Status text: Random text information, e. g. "Am at home". Availability: Availability:
Cellphone:
Options Available, Not available, Discreet Enter the phone number with international dialling code. For each setting, specify who is allowed to view your personal informa-
tion:
Public All contacts. Private Contacts designated as Friend: (p. 63). Hide Nobody. m
f
. g s m t n a t s n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (68) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 68 CB services CB services CMSetupCB services Some service providers offer infor-
mation services (info channels, Cell Broadcast). If reception is activated, you will receive messages on the activated topics in your Topic list. CB messages are displayed in standby mode; longer messages are scrolled automatically. Receive CB You can activate and deactivate the CB service. If the CB service is acti-
vated, standby time for the phone will be reduced. Topic list You can add any topics to this per-
sonal list from the topic index. You can preset 10 entries with their channel numbers (ID) and, if applica-
ble, with their names. New topic Select. If no topic index is available, enter a topic with its channel number and confirm with OK. If the topic index has already been transmitted, select a topic and activate it with Options. Select Topic Options Open list menu. If a topic is selected in the list you can view it, activate/ deactivate it, edit it or delete it. CB languages Receive Cell Broadcast messages in one specific language only or in all languages. Displays
, Topic activated/deactivated. p New messages received on q Messages already read. the topic. m
f
. B C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (69) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Surf & fun 69 Surf & fun Get the latest information from the Internet that is specifically adapted to the display options of your phone. In addition, you can download games and applications to your phone. Internet access may require registration with the service pro-
vider. Access to the service provider Direct call-up of the browser with the URL from your service provider. Internet COInternet The browser is activated with the pre-set option as soon as you call up the function (Browser settings, p. 70;
may be specified/pre-assigned by service provider). m
f
. t e n r e t n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i Browser menu Options Open menu. Home Bookmarks Go to... Reload Show URL History Disconnect File Settings Call up the pre-set homep-
age for the current profile. List bookmarks Dis-
play list of bookmarks stored in the phone. Bookmark site The cur-
rent page is saved as a bookmark. Enter URL for direct dial to an Internet address, e.g. wap.siemens-
mobile.com Reload current page. Display the URL of the page currently loaded for sending via SMS/MME/e-mail. Display last Internet sites to be visited. Disconnect the Internet. Save object on the current page or save the complete page; display saved pages. Set or reset browser
(p. 70). Exit browser Close the browser. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (70) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 70 Surf & fun End connection B Press and hold to clear down the connection and close the browser. Navigation in the browser C Select a link. B I Settings, status on/off. Press briefly: back a page. One input field/link forward/back. Scroll one line. Display symbols in the browser
(selection) Connect No network Network GPRS online Enter special characters
*, 0 Select important special characters. Browser settings COInternet Options Open menu. Settings Browser Select. Set start option as well as handling of pictures and sounds plus send options. The list of profiles is dis-
played for activation/setting. For more information, con-
tact your service provider. Set protocol parameters, push messages and abort time as well as handling of cookies. Set encryption. Reset session; delete cache, history and cookies. Profiles Protocol parameters Security Context Your Internet browser is licensed by:
m
f
. t e n r e t n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (71) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Surf & fun 71 Bookmarks COBookmarks Display URL/call up page List bookmarks Select bookmark. I C Call up URL. Save Bookmark site Display list of bookmarks stored in the phone. The current page is saved in the phone as a book-
mark. Bookmark options Options Open menu. Here you will find functions for changing and managing bookmarks and their folders. This includes edit-
ing individual entries with the corre-
sponding URLs as well as deleting and moving them to other folders. Profiles Preparation of the phone for Internet access depends on the service pro-
vider concerned:
Profile pre-set In most cases, access profiles have already been created for one or more service provider(s). Select profile. I C Activate profile. Set profile manually If necessary, contact your service provider. Options Open menu. Edit Start processing. For the Internet-specific settings below, please contact your service provider. Delete selected profile. Delete m
f
. t e n r e t n I _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (72) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 72 Surf & fun Surf & fun Games and Applications V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Games and applications are offered on the Internet. Once downloaded these are available to you on your phone. Most applications include instructions. Some applications and games are already pre-installed on your phone. You will find these listed here:
www.siemens-mobile.com/c65 Requirements Browser profile (p. 71) and the access (p. 86) must be configured. Download Select the correct access depending on whether you are loading games or applications:
COGames orCOApplications In addition to URLs and service pro-
viders for the download, any avail-
able applications/games and folders will be displayed. Select a service provider or URL. Download new I C Start WAP browser and visit URL. Only description file The description file is loaded for information purposes only. The appli-
cation/game itself must be loaded separately. or complete download The application/game is completely loaded. Apply Remember that applications/games may be protected (DRM, p. 17). The executable applica-
tion is saved on the phone and can be started immediately. m
f
. s p p A
s e m a G _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (73) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Surf & fun 73 Additional information You can use Browser to download applications
(e.g. ringtones, games, pictures, animations) from the Internet. Downloading or running appli-
cations will not affect or change the software already installed on your Java-enabled mobile phone. Siemens excludes all warranty and liability claims in respect of or in connection with any applica-
tions subsequently installed by the customer and any software not included in the original delivery package. This also applies to functions enabled subsequently at the customer's instigation. The purchaser bears sole risk for the loss of, damage to, and any defects arising in, this device or the applications and for any direct damage or conse-
quential damage of whatever nature resulting from the use of this application. For technical reasons, such applications and sub-
sequent enabling of certain functions are lost in the event of the device being replaced/re-sup-
plied and may be lost if it is repaired. In such cases, the buyer is required to download or release the application again. Please ensure that your phone has Digital Rights Management
(DRM) so that individual applications downloaded via Internet are protected from unauthorised reproduction. These applications are then exclu-
sively intended for your phone and cannot be transferred from this even to create a backup. Siemens does not warranty, guarantee or accept any liability for the customer's ability to download or enable applications again, or to do so free of charge. If technically possible, secure your appli-
cations on the PC with the mobile phone man-
ager, p. 111. Download wiz. CODownload wiz. You will not be left on your own dur-
ing the download!
Additional information You can control games with the joystick or by using the following keypad controls:
1 3 64 7 9 2 5 8 Games and applications options Processing and managing your appli-
cations and folders:
Move Move applications between folders. New folder Create and name new folder. Reinstall Security Reinstall Reinstall an application
(update). Select a safety level. Repeat after transmission error. Attributes Show details of the applica-
tion/folder (name, version, size, path, producer, date). Display profile list for activation/setting HTTP profile
(For standard functions see p. 19) m
f
. s p p A
s e m a G _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (74) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 74 Setup Setup Profiles CTProfiles Several settings can be stored in a phone profile in order, for example, to adapt the phone to the surround-
ing level of noise. Five standard profiles are provided with default settings. They can be changed however:
Normal environment Quiet environment Noisy environment Car Kit Headset You can set two personal profiles
(<Name>). The special profile Airplane mode is fixed and cannot be changed. Switch on I C Switch on profile. Select default profile or personal profile. Profile settings Edit a default profile or create a new personal profile:
I Select profile. Options Open menu. Change sett. Select. The list of available functions is dis-
played. When you have finished setting a function, you return to the profile menu where you can change a fur-
ther setting. Additional information Call up the list in standby mode:
G The active profile is identified with . Profile list is displayed. m f
. s e
l i f o r P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (75) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Setup 75 Airplane mode The acoustic signals and vibration for the alarms (appointments, alarm clock) are switched off. The alarms continue to be shown in the display only. Switch on H C Confirm selection. C Confirm safety prompt Scroll to Airplane mode. again to activate the pro-
file. The phone switches itself off automatically. Normal mode When you switch on your phone again, the previously set profile will be reactivated automatically. Profile options Options Open menu. Activate Activate selected profile. Change sett. Change profile settings. Copy from Copy settings from another profile. Change personal profile
(except default profiles). Rename Car Kit If an original Siemens Car Kit is used, the profile is switched on automati-
cally when the phone is inserted into the cradle (also see accessories). Headset The profile is only switched on auto-
matically if an original Siemens headset is used (see accessories also). m f
. s e
l i f o r P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (76) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 76 Topics CTTopics Load a completely new visual pre-
sentation onto your phone. At the press of a key, various functions are re-organised on a theme basis, e. g. switch on/off animation, back-
ground image, screensaver, switch on/off melody, additional anima-
tions. theme files are compressed to save memory space. After being down-
loaded (p. 72) or called up from My stuff, these are automatically unzipped when activated. Activate new theme I C Display theme preview. C Activate new theme. Select theme. m
f
. s e m e h T _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (77) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:18) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Display CTDisplay Select function. Language Set the language for the display text. When "automatic" is set, the lan-
guage of your home service provider is used. If a language that you do not under-
stand happens to be set, the phone can be reset to the language of your home service provider with the fol-
lowing input (in standby mode):
* # 0 0 0 0 # A Text input T9 preferred Activate/deactivate intelligent text entry. Input language Select language for text entry. Languages with T9 support are marked with the T9 symbol. Setup 77 Wallpaper Set wallpaper graphic for the display. Logo Choose graphic to be displayed instead of the provider logo. Color setting Select colour scheme, incl. back-
ground image for the entire user interface Screensaver The screensaver shows a picture in the display when a period set by you has elapsed. An incoming call and/or pressing any key will end the func-
tion except if the safety function is activated. Preview Display the screensaver. Style Select Analog clock, Digital clock, Bitmap, Energy saving. Bitmap Select image in My stuff. Setup m l
f
. y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (78) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:18) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 78 Setup Timeout Set period after which the screen-
saver starts. Security The phone code is requested to stop the screensaver. Auto key lock Automatic keypad locking if no key has been pressed for one minute in standby mode. Unlocking:# Press and hold. Note The "picture" (animated) and "digital clock"
screensavers significantly reduce the phones standby time. Start up anim. Select animation to be shown when the phone is switched on. Shutdn anim. Select animation to be shown when phone is switched off. Greeting Enter greeting to be displayed instead of animation when phone is switched on. Large letters You can choose between two font sizes for the display. Illumination Set display illumination to brighter/
darker. The darker the setting the longer the standby time. Press the joystick repeat-
edly at the top/bottom to adjust up or down. I Contrast Set display contrast. I Press the joystick repeat-
edly at the top/bottom to adjust up or down. m l
f
. y a p s i D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (79) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Setup 79 Volume Set different volumes for types of call/functions. I Select Incoming call Messages Alarm clock Organizer System Applications Set volume. C The ringtone is repeated. I C Confirm setting. Additional information Please make sure you have accepted the call before holding the phone to your ear. This will avoid damage to your hearing from loud ringtones. Ring tones CTRing tones Select function. Set the signal tones on the phone to suit your requirements. Ringer setting On/off Activate/deactivate all tones. Reduce ringtone to a short signal (beep). Beep Silent alert To avoid the disturbance caused by a ringing phone, you can activate the silent alert function as an alterna-
tive. The silent alert can also be acti-
vated in addition to the ringtone
(e.g. in noisy environments). This function is deactivated when the battery is being loaded and accesso-
ries are connected (except the head-
set). Select from several silent alert versions. I Setup m i
f
. s e n o t g n R _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (80) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 80 Setup Assign ringtone A ringtone which has already been selected will be played or the list of possible ringtones will be displayed for selection. d Calls Assign a single ringtone to all phone numbers in the Addressbook. Group calls Assign a different ringtone to each group. Other calls Assign one ringtone to the remain-
ing callers. More melodies Assign further ringtones for:
Messages Alarm clock Organizer Startup melody Shutdown mel. or record new ones with:
Sound recorder (p. 104) m i
f
. s e n o t g n R _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (81) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:19) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Call setup CTCall setup Select function. Hide ID b When you make a call, your phone number can be displayed on the recipient's display (depending on the service providers). To suppress this display, you can enable the "Hide ID" mode for all sub-
sequent calls or just for the next call. You may need to register separately with your service provider for these functions. Call waiting b If you are registered for this service, you can check whether it is set and you can activate/deactivate it. Divert You can specify the conditions under which calls should be diverted to your mailbox or other numbers. Status check You can check the current divert sta-
tus for all conditions. After a short pause, the current situation is trans-
mitted by the network and dis-
played. Setup 81 Condition set. Not set. Display if status is unknown (e.g. with a new SIM card). b Clear all All set diversions are cleared. Set up call divert (example) The most common condition for call divert is, for example:
Unanswered I b Select Unanswered.
(Includes the conditions Not reachable, No reply, Busy, see below) C Confirm. Set C Confirm.
/J Select or enter the phone number to which the calls are to be diverted. Mailbox Use existing mail-
box phone numbers, or enter them if necessary. C Confirm. After a short Select. pause, the setting is con-
firmed by the network. Setup m f
. p u t e S l l
a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (82) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:19) 82 Setup Call screening b Only calls from phone numbers that are in the Phonebook/Addressbook or assigned to a group are signalled. Other calls are only displayed. Any key Incoming calls can be accepted by pressing any key (except for B). Minute beep During a call you have initiated you, and only you, will hear a beep every minute so you can check the calls duration. The recipient does not hear this beep. display in standby mode. b All calls All calls are diverted. Icon in the top line of the Not reachable Divert occurs if the phone is switched off or is out of range. No reply A call is only diverted after a delay that is determined by the network. The period can be set to a maximum of 30 seconds in 5 second intervals. Busy Divert occurs if a call is in progress. If Call waiting is activated (p. 29) you will hear the call waiting tone during a call (p. 30). Receiving data Data calls are diverted to a phone number with a PC connection. Additional information Note that the divert is stored in the network and not in the phone (e.g., when the SIM card is changed). Reactivate divert The last divert has been stored. Proceed as with "Set divert". The stored phone number is displayed. Confirm number. b m f
. p u t e S l l
a C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (83) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Setup 83 Phone identity The phone identity number (IMEI) is displayed. This information may be useful for customer service. Alternatively enter in standby mode:
* # 0 6 #
Info Display further informa-
tion about the appliance. Device check A self-test and an individual test are offered after the last information page. If you select Self test, all indi-
vidual tests are carried out. Software version Display the software version for your phone in standby mode:
* # 0 6 #, then press Info. Memory assis. The delete assistant will help you if there is insufficient phone memory. It is also started automatically from applications if necessary. After capacity has been checked, all files and folders are displayed along with their size and may be opened/
viewed and deleted if applicable. Phone setup CTPhone setup Select function. Key tones Set the type of acoustic key acknowledgement. Info tones Set service and alarm tones:
On/off Extended If switched on, a wider range of service tones is available, e.g.: end of menu reached, network connection interrupted. Activate/deactivate tones. Press. Automatic switch off The phone switches off each day at the set time. Activate Time J Enter time C Confirm. Deactivate Manual C Confirm.
(24-hour clock). Press. Setup m
f
. p u t e S e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (84) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 84 Setup My stuff Format
(Phone-code protected) The phone memory is formatted and all saved data such as ringtones, pic-
tures, games etc. are deleted. For-
matting may take longer than 1 minute. Clean up Creating more memory by deleting temporary files that are no longer required. Master reset Reset phone to default values (fac-
tory setting). This does not affect the SIM card or the network settings. Alternatively enter in standby mode:
* # 9 9 9 9 # A m
f
. p u t e S e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (85) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Select function. Clock CTClock Time/date The clock must be set correctly once at start-up. Change J First enter the date (day/
month/year), then the time (hours/minutes/
seconds). Additional information If the battery is removed for longer than 30 seconds, the clock must be reset. Press. Time zones The time zone can be selected in the world map or a city list:
Setup 85 Date format Select the display format for the date. Time format Select 24h or 12h. Buddhist year Switch to the Buddhist year (not on all phone models). Show clock Activate/deactivate time display in standby mode. Auto time zone b The time zone is identified automati-
cally. ing. Select a city in the selected time zone. World mapF Select the desired record-
City list I Options Open menu. Set Set time zone. Auto time Have the time zone set auto-
zone=
matically by the network. Search city Search for a city. Help Operating instructions. Setup m l
f
. k c o C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (86) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 86 Connectivity CTConnectivity Select function. GPRS
(General Packet Radio Service) C Switch GPRS on/off b GPRS is a method for transmitting data faster in the mobile network. Use GPRS and, if the network has suf-
ficient capacity, you can be con-
nected to the Internet permanently. Only the actual transmission time is charged by the network operator. Some service providers do not yet support this service. Shown in the display:
Activated and available. Registered. Temporarily interrupted. GPRS info Displays information on connection status. IrDA Your phone has an infrared inter-
face. With this interface, you can exchange data such as pictures, ring-
tones, Addressbook entries, busi-
ness cards or organiser data with other devices which also have an infrared interface. The infrared interface is on the left side of the phone. The distance between the two devices must not exceed 30 cm. The infrared windows in both appliances must be aligned as accurately as possible with each other. Shown on the display:
IrDA activated. During transmission. Data services Basic setting and activation of the connection profiles for data trans-
mission such as MMS, WAP. The phone default setting varies from service provider to service pro-
vider. The settings have already been implemented by the provider. You can start immediately. Access profiles have already been created by your provider. Then select profile and activate. The access profiles must be con-
figured manually. m
f
. y t i v i t c e n n o C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (87) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Select the profile. If necessary, check with your service provider for details. You will also find the current settings for the service provider on the Internet at this address:
www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare in the FAQ section. Select profile I C Confirm selection. Set profile I Options Open menu. Edit I Edit Open the selection. Select CSD settings, and/or GPRS settings. Make the settings as specified by your service provider. Select the profile. Setup 87 HTTP profile The phone default setting varies from service provider to service pro-
vider. The settings have already been implemented by the provider. You can start immediately. Access profiles have already been created by your provider. Then select and activate profile. The access profiles must be con-
figured manually. If necessary, check with your service provider for details. You will also find the current settings for the service provider on the Internet at this address:
www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare in the FAQ section. I Authentication Activate or deactivate encrypted Internet dial-up (CSD connections only). Make the settings. m
f
. y t i v i t c e n n o C _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (88) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 88 Security CTSecurity Select function. Auto key lock The keypad is locked automatically if no key has been pressed for one minute in standby mode. This pre-
vents the phone from being used accidentally. However, you can still be called and you can still make an emergency call. Additional information The keypad can also be directly locked and unlocked in idle state. In each case:
Press and hold. Direct call
(Phone-code protected) Only one phone number can be dialled (see also p. 32). b Only
(PIN2 or phone-code protected) Dialling options are restricted to SIM-
protected phone numbers in the Phonebook. If only area codes are entered, relevant phone numbers can be added to these manually before dialling. If the SIM card does not support PIN2 input, the whole Phonebook can be protected with the phone code. This SIM only
(Phone-code protected) The phone can be connected to a SIM card when the phone code is entered. Unless the phone code is known the phone will not operate with a different SIM card. If the phone is to be used with a dif-
ferent SIM card, enter the phone code when requested. Codes For description see p. 21:
PIN control, Change PIN, Change PIN2, Chg.phonecode b m
f
. y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (89) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Setup 89 When roaming You do not receive calls when you are outside your home network. This means that no charges are incurred for incoming calls. Status check The following information can be displayed after a status check:
Barring set. Barring not set. Status unknown
(e. g. new SIM card). Clear all All barrings are deleted. A password which the service provider will give you is necessary for this function. b Barring Barring restricts the use of your SIM card (not supported by all ser-
vice providers). You need a 4-digit network password for network bar-
ring. Your service provider will give you this password. You may need to be registered separately for each barring. All outgoing All outgoing calls except emergency numbers are barred. Outgo internat
(International outgoing) Only national calls can be made. Out.int.x home
(International outgoing without home country) International calls are not permitted. However you can make calls to your home country when abroad. All incoming The phone is barred for all incoming calls (forwarding all calls to mailbox provides a similar effect). m
f
. y t i r u c e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (90) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Setup 90 Network CTNetwork Select function. Line b This function is only displayed if it is supported by the service provider. Two separate phone numbers must be registered on the phone. Select line Select the currently used phone number.\ Display current phone number in standby mode. Protected
(Phone-code protected) You may limit usage to one phone number. Additional information Special settings may be made for each phone number (e.g., melody, call divert etc.) To do this, first switch to the required phone number. Switch from phone number/connection in standby mode:
0 Line 1 Press. Press. Network info The list of GSM networks currently available is displayed. Indicates non-authorised service providers
(depending on SIM card). Choose netwrk Network search is restarted. This is useful if you are not on your home network or want to register on a dif-
ferent network. The network list is rebuilt when Auto network is set. Auto network Activate/deactivate, see also Choose netwrk above. If "Automatic network"
is activated, the next network on the list is dialled in ranking order of your
"preferred networks". Otherwise a different network can be selected manually from the list of the avail-
able GSM networks. Preferred net Enter your preferred service provid-
ers here for when you leave your home network (e.g. if there are dif-
ferences in price). Your service provider is displayed:
List Display list of preferred networks. m
f
. k r o w t e N _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (91) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Create/change entry:
<Empty>
or select an existing entry, then select a new service provider in the list and confirm. Record new service provider (last entry in the list):
Furth.network Select, enter the provider data and save it. Additional information If you are outside your home network, your phone automatically dials another GSM network. If the signal strength of the preferred net-
work is inadequate when you switch on the phone, the phone may register in a different network. This can change when the tele-
phone is next switched on or if another net-
work is selected manually. Band selection b Select either GSM 900, GSM 1800 or GSM 1900. Fast search When this function is active, net-
work reconnection is speeded up
(standby time is reduced). Setup 91 User group b Depending on the service provider, you can create groups with this ser-
vice. These can have access to inter-
nal (company) information, for example, or special tariffs apply. The details can be clarified with your ser-
vice provider. Active Activate/deactivate function. "User group" must be deactivated for nor-
mal phone use. Select group You can select or add groups other than preferred groups (see below). Code numbers for the groups are obtained from your service provider. All outgoing In addition to network control for a user group, it is possible to set whether outgoing calls outside the group are permitted. If the function is deactivated, only calls within the group are permitted. Pref. group If activated, calls may only be made within this standard user group
(depending on the network configu-
ration). m
f
. k r o w t e N _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (92) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) V A R L a n g u a g e Setup
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Headset Only in conjunction with an original Siemens headset (see accessories). If an original Siemens headset is used the profile is activated automatically when the headset is plugged in. Auto answer
(factory default: off) Calls are accepted automatically after a few seconds (except where the ringer is switched off or set to beep). You should therefore be wearing the headset. Automatic setting Accept call with Call key or PTT key
(Push To Talk), even when the auto key lock is activated. Auto answer If you do not notice that your phone has accepted a call, there is the danger that the caller may eavesdrop. Setup 92 Accessories CTAccessories Select function. Car Kit Only in combination with an original Siemens handsfree car kit (see accessories). The car kit profile is activated automatically when the phone is inserted into the cradle. Auto answer
(factory default: off) Calls are accepted automatically after a few seconds. Eavesdropping is possible!
Shown on the display. Automatic switch off
(factory default: 2 hours) The phone is powered by the car's power supply. You can adjust the time between switching off the igni-
tion and the phone switching off automatically. Car loudspk. Improves playback in certain circum-
stances. Automatic settings Permanent illumination:
switched on. Key lock: switched off. Charging the phone battery. Auto. activation of car kit profile when the phone is inserted. m
f
. y r o s s e c c A p u t e S _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (93) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) My menu C Press. My menu Press. Create your own menu with fre-
quently used functions, phone numbers or WAP pages. The list of 10 entries is preset. You can, however, change it as you wish. Select the required entry. Use I C Confirm. Or A If the entry selected is a phone number, you can also call it with the Call key. My menu 93 Change menu You can replace each entry (110) with another entry from the selec-
tion list. Select the required entry. The function list is opened for selection. Select the new entry from the list. I Change I C Confirm. The entry is saved. If Phonebook is selected, the phone number must also be selected; if Internet is selected, the bookmark must also be selected. Reset all
(Telephone code required) Reset all Select. Following confir-
mation, the pre-assign-
ment is reset. m
f
. u n e M y M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (94) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:21) 94 Fast access Fast access You can assign one important phone number or a function to each one of the two soft keys and number keys 2 to 9 (speed-dial numbers). The phone number can then be dialled or the function started at the touch of a button. Z X Service provider 01.03.2004 Internet 10:10 Help Additional information The service provider may have already assigned functions to a soft key (e.g., access to "SIM services" or direct call-up of the Internet portal). It may not be possible to modify this key assignment. The left soft key may sometimes be replaced automatically by p/ to access a new message, for example. Soft keys Change For example, the Internet function is assigned to the soft key. To change this (in standby mode):
Press briefly. Internet Change Scroll to new assignment in the list. C Confirm. Special case Phone number. Pick out a name from the Phonebook/
Addressbook for assignment to the key. Special case Bookmark. Scroll to a URL in the bookmark list for assignment to the key. Apply In standby mode:
Application The "Internet" is just used as an example here. Internet Press and hold; the appli-
cation is started. Phone number The setting "Carol" is used here only as an example. Carol Press and hold, the phone number is dialled. m i
f
. l a D t s a F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (95) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:21) Fast access 95 Speed dialling keys Number keys 2 to 9 can be used as speed dialling numbers for fast access. Number key 1 is reserved for the mailbox phone number (p. 60) and number key 0 is reserved for switching over two connections dur-
ing use (p. 90). Change In standby mode:
3 Press number key briefly Set Or
(e.g. the 3). This number is still free:
Press. Select a new function from the list and confirm with OK. An assignment has already been made to this key (assignment dis-
played above the right soft key):
C Press briefly. Change Scroll to application in the list.C Confirm. Special case Phone number. Pick out a name from the Phonebook/
Addressbook for assignment to the key. Special case Bookmark. Scroll to a URL in the bookmark list for assignment to the key. Apply Select a stored phone number or start a stored application
(e.g. Internet). In standby mode:
3 Press briefly. The assignment of the number key 3 is displayed above the right soft key e.g.:
Internet Press and hold. Or simply3 Press and hold. m i
f
. l a D t s a F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (96) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) 96 Organizer Organizer Calendar CQCalendar You can enter appointments in the calendar. Time and date must be set for the calendar to work correctly. The calendar offers you three views:
Monthly view Special colour coding:
Day with entries for appointments, day of the week, weekend. One week forward/back. Navigation:F One day forward/back. I C Open daily view. Weekly view Special displays:
Appointments are shown as a verti-
cal colour bar on the horizontal hour division. Navigation:F One day forward/back. I Forward/backward by the hour through the day. Daily view Special displays:
Description of appointment. To the start/end of the day or next/last entry. Navigation:F One day forward/back. I Calend. setup CQCalend. setup Start of day:
Time when the working day begins. Start of week:
Weekday on which the monthly and weekly view on the left starts. Weekend Set the days for the weekend. Synchronising with a PC With the mobile phone manager (p. 111) you can synchronise appointments, tasks and memos with Outlook. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (97) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Appointments CQAppointments Appointments are displayed in chro-
nological order in a list. Enter new appointment
<New entry>
Select. Types:
c Memo d Voice memo Text input for description. e Enter voice memo. Shown with alarm. Call Enter phone number to be displayed with the alarm. f Meeting g Vacation h Birthday Enter start and end date. Text input for description. Enter name and date. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Organizer 97 Different input/selection fields are displayed depending on the type. The number of fields can be restricted, see Default at the end of the list. Description:
Description of appointment. Phone number:
Enter a phone number or select one from the address directory. Voice memo:
Enter a voice recording, see Dictation mac, p. 100. Location:
Location of appointment. Whole day:
All-day appointment: Yes/No Start date:
Date when appointment starts. Start time:
Time when appointment starts. End date:
Date when appointment ends. End time:
Time when appointment ends. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (98) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Information on the alarm When the set date and time are reached there is an audio and a visual alarm. If an alarm is missed it appears in the list of missed appoint-
ments (p. 99). Alarm type Memo Meeting: The text is shown in the dis-
play. Alarm type Call: The phone number is displayed and can be dialled immediately. Alarm type Birthday: You can send special birthday greetings by SMS, MMS or a call via Options. With Snooze you can set the alarm to repeat. 98 Organizer Alarm time:
On/off or Silent alert. J Enter the period of time before the appointment and select the time unit:
Minutes, Hours, Days Recurrence:
Select a timeframe for repeating the appointment:
No, Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Yearly Enter a parameter for repeating:
Forever, Until, Events (number). If Weekly is selected, certain week-
days can be highlighted. Default In the list, select those fields which are to be offered for future entries. Additional information Display above set alarms:
Alarm clock Appointment An alarm sounds even when the phone is switched off (except in Airplane mode, p. 75). The phone does not go to standby mode. Pressing any key will lead to Snooze (see below). m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (99) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Organizer 99 Tasks CQTasks A task is displayed like an appoint-
ment in the agenda of the selected day. However, unlike an appoint-
ment it does not require a time. When no time is entered the task appears at the top of the list every day until it is marked as completed. The entries are made in the same way as Appointments (see "Appoint-
ments"). Then press Status:
Select Done or Outstanding. Priority:
Selection in 5 levels from Lowest to Highest. Use date If activated with Yes, the following time-input option is offered. Due date:/Expiry time:
Enter the date and time by which the task is to be completed. Alarm: and Default as for Appointments. Notes CQNotes Write and administer brief text memos. Enter a new memo
<New entry>
J Input text. The first line is displayed as a "title" in the memo list. Total length:
max. 160 characters. Select. Options Open menu. Save Save memo. When Confi-
dential is selected, a memo is protected with the phone code. Missed appts. CQMissed appts. Events with an alarm (Appointments, Tasks) to which you have not reacted are listed for reading. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (100) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Organizer 100 Organizer options Depending on the application used
(Calendar, Appointments, Tasks, Notes) and the current situation, different functions are offered. Options Open menu. Delete Delete entry. Delete until Delete all entries prior to a Delete all certain date. Delete all entries after confirmation. Delete done Delete all completed tasks. Activate/
Deactivate Filter Switch alarm on/off. Display all entries with the selected feature. Confidential Protect note with phone code. We recommend that you do not store any pass-
words (PIN, TAN etc.) as notes.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Dictation mac CQDictation mac Use the dictating machine to record short voice memos. Use your phone as a dictating machine when on the move. Record a memo as a reminder or as a note for others. Add a voice memo to an appoint-
ment in the calendar. Record a call useful for remem-
bering numbers or addresses. Warning!
The use of this feature may be subject to restrictions under criminal law. Please inform the other party to the conver-
sation in advance if you want to record the conversation and please keep such record-
ings confidential. You may only use this feature if the other party to the conversation agrees. m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (101) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:23) Organizer 101 Time zones CQTime zones The time zone can be selected in the world map or a city list:
recording. Select a city in the selected time zone. World mapF Select the desired City list I Time zone options Options Open menu. Set Auto time zone=
Specify the time zone. The time zone is switched automatically to local time by the network. Search city Search for a city. Help Operating instructions. New recording
<New entry>
Select. The remaining time avail-
able, as well as the record-
ing time, are shown in the display. the recording starts. Now say the text. C A brief tone sounds when C Alternate between D pause/record. End recording. The recording is automat-
ically saved with a time stamp. Rename with Options. Select the desired recording. Playback I C Alternate between D/E Press and hold for rapid playback/pause. rewind and fast forward. Dictating machine options Options Open menu. Loudspeaker Playback through the built-in loudspeaker.
(For standard functions, see p. 19) m
f
. r e z i n a g r O _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (102) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 102 Media player Media player When you are viewing a picture or listening to a melody, the applica-
tion starts a media playback. F Browse to the next media 0 9 Switch on display illumi-
file. nation. Pictures The following functions can be applied to a displayed picture:
C Zoom function if the dis-
played picture has a higher resolution than the display. The two soft keys
(+/) enlarge/reduce the picture. The joystick moves the picture detail. 5 Centre the picture.
# Switch to full screen Send mode and back again. E.g., send via MM S. Melodies The media playback offers the fol-
lowing functions for melody play-
Set volume. Pause function. on the situation. back:C Play or stop, depending I
* Switch to mute. Stop B End playback. Options Options Open menu. Different functions are offered depending on the starting situation and the object. Volume Set as... Slideshow Set the volume with the joy-
stick. Set picture as Wallpaper, Logo for example, and sounds for Incoming call, Startup melody, for exam-
ple. Automatic run-through in full-picture mode. Individual picture connection with joy-
stick. Access to picture editing. Edit
(For standard functions see p. 19) m l i
f
. r e y a P a d e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (103) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) Extras 103 Switch to the week days. H F Navigate to the various C Display options: alarm call days. time and days. Alarm clock On 07:30 Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Edit OK C Set days for alarm calls. Press again to delete the highlighting. Press and hold to high-
light/unhighlight all the days. Confirm setting. OK Additional information With Snooze you can set the alarm to repeat. Screen display in standby mode: alarm clock activated. Extras SIM services (optional) CSSIM services Your service provider may offer spe-
cial applications such as mobile banking, share prices, etc. via the SIM card. If you have such a SIM card, the SIM services will appear in the main menu under "Extras" or directly above the soft key (on the left). U Symbol for SIM services. Where there are several applications, these are displayed in a SIM services menu. With the SIM services menu, your phone is ready to support future additions in your service pro-
vider's user package. For further information, please contact your ser-
vice provider. Alarm clock CSAlarm clock The alarm will ring at the time set by you, even when the phone is switched off. F Activate/deactivate the H J Set alarm call time alarm. Switch to time setting.
(hh:mm). m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (104) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Extras 104 Sound recorder Use the Sound recorder to record noises or sounds for use as ring-
tones. The Sound recorder is usually started from other applications/func-
tions such as assigning a ringtone. New recording Start from main menu:
CSSound recorder
<New entry>
Select. The remaining time avail-
able, as well as the record-
ing time, are shown in the display. Start it from another application as follows The recording display appears:
C A brief tone sounds when C Alternate between pause/
D the recording starts. record. End recording. The recording is saved with a timestamp in the Sounds folder. Rename with Options. Transfer the recording into the application. Insert Select the desired recording. Playback I C Alternate between D/E Press and hold for rapid Options Open menu. Loudspeaker Playback via the built-in rewind and fast forward. playback/pause. Set as... loudspeaker. Set the recording as a ringtone.
(For standard functions see p. 19) m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (105) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) Extras 105 Calc. CSCalc. The calculator can be used in a basic version and with an advanced range of functions. The input line and two calculation lines (including the matrix with the calculation func-
tions) are located in the top half of the display. J Enter digit(s). F/I Navigate functions. C Use function. The result is calculated and displayed immediately. Basic functions:
1/x
. Options Basic calculation types Result Reversion Convert to percentage Decimal point. Sign change "+"/""
Expansion of the range of functions:
Square root Square Exponent Save displayed number Call up saved number Insert number from memory m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i x x2 e MS MR M+
b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i Calculator options Options Open menu. Convert Call up the unit con-
verter with the current result. Delete all units. Convert calculation functions. Clear all Extended mode/
Basic mode
(For standard functions see p. 19) Unit converter CSUnit converter You can convert various measure-
ment units into other measurement units. The following types are offered with various units:
Velocity Energy Mass Pressure Time Volume Area Length Power Temperature Currency Example using Velocity units:
Type Velocity Units Kilometers/h, Meters/sec, Miles/h, Miles/sec, Knots, Mach V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (106) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) 106 Extras Converting the units/currency F Select the source unit/
currency. H Switch to the input field. J Enter the quantity to be converted. H Switch to the selection field. F Select the target mea-
surement unit/currency. The result is displayed. You can use both input fields alter-
nately. Special key functions:
* Enter decimal point.
# Change sign. Currency When you call up the function, you must enter a basic currency into which the conversions are to be made. J Enter currency Save Now enter the name and exchange rate of the currency to be converted.
(e.g. euro). Store entry. Edit rate Options Open menu. Add currency Enter new currency and Set as base exchange rate. Use entered currency as basic currency. Change the exchange rate of the basic currency. Calc. Start calculator.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Stopwatch CSStopwatch C Start/stop.
* Save intermediate time. After a stop:C Reset to zero. Stopwatch options Options Open menu. Stopwatch list Display saved entries.
(For standard functions see p. 19) Two intermediate times can be recorded and saved. m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (107) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 Extras 107 Remote synchronisation CSRemote sync. You can use this function remotely to access externally filed data
(addresses, calendar, etc.) and syn-
chronise these with the data on your phone. The data can, for example, be saved on a company computer or the Internet, e. g.:
www.siemens-mobile.com/syncml Synchronise Sync The computer is selected and synchronisation started. When completed, the actions which have been performed are dis-
played. Scroll through the various displays. Next Sync. setting The following settings can be made prior to synchronisation:
Sync. profile You can choose between 5 profiles. I C Activate profile. Select profile. Countdown CSCountdown A set time elapses. The last 3 seconds are indicated by a beep. At the end a special beep sounds. If no time has been entered:
C Open input window. J Set period of time. C Confirm. C Start countdown. C Interrupt counter. C Let counter continue If a countdown time is specified:
While the time is elapsing:
running. Reset Reset counter to starting time. m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (108) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:24) 108 Extras Or Edit Server sett. Providers Homepage:
Port:
Login:
Password:
Calendar path Contacts path Set profile Display the current service provider. Set the homepage Enter port number. e.g. 80. Enter user name
(login name). Enter password (shown as a series of asterisks). e.g., events e.g., contacts Notes path e.g., notes e.g., tasks Confirmation required;
Yes/No (if No, the input fields are not visible). Task path HTTP authentica-
tion. HTTP name: Enter name. HTTP password:
Enter password. Last sync:
Time of the last synchronisation. Sync. mode Sync data: Modified data or All data Sync instruction: Two-way, Device update or Server update Date range Select On/off Enter the time in weeks in which entries (past and future) are to be synchronised. Sync items:
Highlight database areas to be synchronised:
Calendar Address book Notes Tasks C Save settings. m
f
. s a r t x E _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (109) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) My stuff 109 My stuff To organise your files, you can use the file system like a PC file manager. There are some folders for the various data types in My stuff for this purpose.CN Select file/folder in lists. as required in the pre-
view. The list of the folders and files is displayed. Navigation I F/I The cursor can be moved C Open folder or start file
<New picture>/<New Sound>
The application for the folder cur-
rently selected is loaded.
<New downl.>
The WAP browser is started and the URLs for downloading displayed. with related application. My stuff options Options Open menu. Move Copy Paste Place highlighted file(s) or folder in temporary mem-
ory. Place highlighted file(s) or folder in temporary mem-
ory. Transfer content of tempo-
rary memory into current folder. Create a new folder and name it. Switch over to miniature view. Display information on file or folder selected.
(For standard functions see p. 19) New folder Attributes Preview m l i
f
. r e d o F a d e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (110) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) My stuff 110 Index structure Some folders have already been created for different data types in My stuff. These folders cannot be changed. Folder Pictures Description Pictures Format bmp bmx jpg/jpeg png gif bmx gif mid amr wav sdt stc scs jar jad
tmo vmo Anima-
tions Sounds Switch on/off animations Melodies Themes Skins Games Applica-
tions Misc Loaded theme
(zipped) Theme configura-
tion (unzipped) Loaded user inter-
faces Java archive Download info Applications Text modules Voice recordings Depending on the service provider, the structure, content and functionality of My stuff may vary. m l i
f
. r e d o F a d e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (111) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Mobile Phone Manager 111 Mobile Phone Manager Contacts management V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 You can use contacts management to manage, delete and edit the per-
sonal contacts on your phone and to add new ones. You can compare and copy contacts between your phone, Microsoft Outlook and other Siemens phones (including Gigaset). SMS and MMS management
(messages) You can create MMS and SMS mes-
sages conveniently using your PC. This means you can use all the options your PC offers, and use your sounds and pictures to create MMS and EMS messages. You can read, forward, print, delete and archive your messages. The Windows PC program, Mobile Phone Manager, allows you to use extended phone functions from your PC. Among other things, you can easily manage your phones Address-
book, read, store and send SMS and MMS messages, or synchronise your phone with Outlook. The phone and PC communicate with one another via a data cable
(Accessories, p. 131). MPM Mobile Phone Manager You can download the software from the Internet:
www.siemens-mobile.com/c65 m
f
. r e g a n a M e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (112) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 112 Mobile Phone Manager Synchronisation (SmartSync) Bookmark management
(browser & bookmarks) At the touch of a key you can syn-
chronise the contacts, appoint-
ments, notes and tasks on your mobile phone with Microsoft Outlook. Any changes you have made on your phone are automati-
cally transferred to your Outlook database. In the same way, changes and new entries from Outlook are updated in the phone. Backup and restore Use your PC to browse through Inter-
net and define your preferred Browser sites. Save the Internet addresses as bookmarks on your phone so that you can find them quickly at a later time when you are on the move. Phone Explorer You can access your phones file sys-
tem with the Phone Explorer. Files such as photos and sounds can easily be copied between your phone and PC by dragging and dropping. You can use the backup function to save backup copies of your phone data regularly to your PC. If you should lose the data you have in your phone or change your phone you can quickly re-instate all the data using the restore function. m
f
. r e g a n a M e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (113) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Processing pictures and photos
(images) Ringtone and MP3 management
(sounds) Mobile Phone Manager 113 Picture/photo processing offers the user the opportunity to conveniently create, edit and manage pictures and photos. Filters and effects are offered with which to create attrac-
tive graphics. The user-friendly inter-
face makes it easy to transfer pic-
tures from and into the mobile phone and to change their graphic settings (e.g. background images). The sound module offers the user the opportunity to conveniently manage just about any sound format and store it on the phone. In addition it supports MP3 play lists and the configuration of their ringtones. It is not possible to manage or play back MP3 files. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m
f
. r e g a n a M e n o h P _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (114) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:25) 114 Questions & Answers Questions & Answers If you have any questions on the use of your phone, you can contact us at www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare around the clock. As further help we have listed below some frequently asked questions and answers. Problem Phone cannot be switched on. Possible solution Press On/Off key for at least 2 seconds. Possible causes On/Off key not pressed long enough. Flat battery. Charge battery. Check charging indicator in the display. Clean contacts. Too little standby time. Charging error
(charge icon not displayed). SIM error. Battery contacts dirty. See also below under Charging error. Frequent use of applications such as organiser, games, camera. Fast search activated. Display illumination switched on. Switch off display illumination (p. 78). Unintentional keystrokes
(illumination!). Battery totally discharged. Deactivate fast search(p. 91). Restrict use if applicable. Activate key lock (p. 88). Temperature out of range:
+5 C to +40 C. Contact problem No mains voltage. 1) Plug in charger cable, battery is on charge. 2) Charge icon appears after approx. 2 hours. 3) Charge battery. Make sure the ambient temperature is right, wait for a while, then recharge. Check power supply and connection to the phone. Check battery contacts and telephone connection socket, clean them if necessary, then insert battery again. Use different mains power socket; check mains voltage. Only use original Siemens accessories. Replace battery. Wrong charger. Battery faulty. SIM card not inserted correctly. Check that the SIM card is inserted correctly Dirty SIM card contacts. SIM card with wrong voltage. SIM card damaged
(e.g., broken).
(p. 13). Clean SIM card with a dry cloth. Use 3V SIM cards only. Carry out a visual check. Ask service provider to change SIM card. m f
Q A F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (115) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:25) Possible causes Weak signal. Outside GSM range. Invalid SIM card. New network not authorised. Network call barring is set. Network overloaded. Signal too weak. Second line set. New SIM card inserted. Charge limit reached. Credit used up. Call restrictions are in place. Questions & Answers 115 Possible solution Move higher, to a window or an open space. Check service providers coverage area. Complain to the service provider. Try manual selection or select a different network
(p. 90). Check network barrings (p. 89). Try again later. Reconnection to another service provider is auto-
matic (p. 90). Switching phone off and on again can speed this up. Set first line \ (p. 91). Check for new barrings. Reset limit with PIN2 (p. 42) Load credit. Barrings can be set by service provider. Check barrings (p. 89). Phonebook/Addressbook is full. Delete entries in the Addressbook
(p. 34)/Phonebook (p. 36). Call divert to mailbox not set. Set call divert to mailbox (p. 60). SMS memory is full. Delete SMS or archive (p. 49). MMS memory is full. Delete MMS. Phone memory full. Delete messages, pictures, games or applications. Not supported by service pro-
vider or registration required. Phone memory full. Contact your service provider. Delete files in the relevant areas. You can use the memory assistant to delete specific files (p. 83). Profile not activated, profile set-
tings wrong/incomplete. Activate or set WAP profile (p. 71). If necessary ask your service provider. Problem No network connec-
tion. Phone loses network. Calls not possible. Certain uses of phone not possible. Impossible to make entries in Phone-
book/Addressbook. Voice message not functioning. flashes to indi-
cate an SMS. flashes to indi-
cate an MMS. flashes to indi-
cate an MMS. Function cannot be set. Capacity problems with, for example, Games & More, ring-
tones, pictures, SMS archive. No WAP access, downloading not possible. m f
Q A F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (116) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 18:25) 116 Questions & Answers Problem Text message can-
not be sent. EMS pictures &
sounds are not dis-
played on the desti-
nation phone. No Internet access possible. PIN error/
PIN2 error. Phone code error. Service provider code error. Missing/too many menu entries Possible solution Contact your service provider. Set service centre (p. 50). Contact your service provider. Repeat message. Check. Possible causes Service provider does not sup-
port this service. Phone number for service centre not set or incorrectly set. SIM card contract does not sup-
port this service. Service centre too busy. Recipient does not have a com-
patible phone. Destination phone does not sup-
port the EMS standard. Incorrect WAP profile set, or wrong or incomplete settings. Three wrong entries. Check WAP settings (p. 71); contact your service provider if necessary. Enter the PUK (MASTER PIN) supplied with the SIM card according to the instructions. If the PUK
(MASTER PIN) has been lost, contact your service provider. Contact Siemens Service (p. 117). Three wrong entries. No authorisation for this service. Contact your service provider. Check with your service provider. Functions may have been added or deleted by the service provider via the SIM card. Charge pulse is not being trans-
mitted. Charge meter does not work Damage Severe shock Phone became wet. Remove battery and SIM. Dry immediately with a cloth, but do not apply heat. Remove battery and SIM and re-insert them. Do not dismantle the phone!
Contact your service provider. Dry connector contacts thoroughly. Stand mobile upright in an air current. Do not dis-
mantle the phone!
Reset settings to the factory default, p. 84: * # 9 9 9 9 # A m f
Q A F _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (117) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Customer Care We offer fast, individual advice! You have several options:
Our online support on the Internet:
www.siemens-mobile.com/customercare We can be reached any time, any place. You are given 24 hour support on all as-
pects of our products. Here you will find an interactive fault-finding system, a compila-
tion of the most frequently asked ques-
tions and answers, plus user guides and current software updates to download. Qualified Siemens employees are waiting to offer you expert information about our prod-
ucts and installation. In some countries repair and replace servic-
es are impossible where the products are not sold through our authorised dealers. When calling customer service, please have ready your receipt and the phone identity number (IMEI, to display press * # 0 6 #), the software version (to display, press * # 0 6 #, then info) and if available, your Siemens Service customer number. If repair work is necessary, please contact one of our service centres:
Abu Dhabi .........................................0 26 42 38 00 Argentina .....................................0 80 08 88 98 78 Australia..........................................13 00 66 53 66 Austria.............................................05 17 07 50 04 Bahrain .................................................... 40 42 34 Bangladesh.......................................0 17 52 74 47 Belgium.............................................0 78 15 22 21 Bolivia ...............................................0 21 21 41 14 Bosnia Herzegovina..........................0 33 27 66 49 Brazil............................................0 80 07 07 12 48 Customer Care 117 Brunei ................................................. 02 43 08 01 Bulgaria............................................... 02 73 94 88 Cambodia ........................................... 12 80 05 00 Canada ........................................1 88 87 77 02 11 China ...........................................0 21 38 98 47 77 Croatia ..............................................0 16 10 53 81 Czech Republic.................................2 33 03 27 27 Denmark ............................................. 35 25 86 00 Dubai ................................................0 43 96 64 33 Egypt.................................................0 23 33 41 11 Estonia................................................ 06 30 47 97 Finland............................................09 22 94 37 00 France.............................................01 56 38 42 00 Germany......................................0 18 05 33 32 26 Greece.........................................0 80 11 11 11 16 Hong Kong.......................................... 28 61 11 18 Hungary ..........................................06 14 71 24 44 Iceland .................................................. 5 11 30 00 India.............................22 24 98 70 00 Extn: 70 40 Indonesia .....................................0 21 46 82 60 81 Ireland.............................................18 50 77 72 77 Italy ................................................02 24 36 44 00 Ivory Coast.......................................... 05 02 02 59 Jordan...............................................0 64 39 86 42 Kenya.................................................... 2 72 37 17 Kuwait................................................... 2 45 41 78 Latvia .................................................... 7 50 11 18 Lebanon.............................................. 01 44 30 43 Libya ...............................................02 13 50 28 82 Lithuania ...........................................8 52 74 20 10 Luxembourg........................................ 43 84 33 99 Macedonia .......................................... 02 13 14 84 Malaysia....................................+ 6 03 77 12 43 04 Malta.......................................+ 35 32 14 94 06 32 Mauritius ............................................... 2 11 62 13 Mexico .......................................01 80 07 11 00 03 Morocco.............................................. 22 66 92 09 Netherlands .................................0 90 03 33 31 00 New Zealand...................................08 00 27 43 63 Nigeria ..............................................0 14 50 05 00 Norway................................................ 22 70 84 00 Oman....................................................... 79 10 12 Pakistan..........................................02 15 66 22 00 Paraguay ..........................................8 00 10 20 04 Philippines ........................................0 27 57 11 18 m f
. e n
i l t o H A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (118) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) 118 Customer Care Poland.............................................08 01 30 00 30 Portugal ............................................8 08 20 15 21 Qatar....................................................04 32 20 10 Romania .........................................02 12 04 60 00 Russia..........................................8 80 02 00 10 10 Saudi Arabia .....................................0 22 26 00 43 Serbia .............................................01 13 80 95 50 Singapore ............................................62 27 11 18 Slovak Republic ..............................02 59 68 22 66 Slovenia............................................0 14 74 63 36 South Africa ....................................08 60 10 11 57 Spain.................................................9 02 11 50 61 Sweden.............................................0 87 50 99 11 Switzerland .....................................08 48 21 20 00 Taiwan ............................................02 23 96 10 06 Thailand............................................0 27 22 11 18 Tunisia .................................................71 86 19 02 Turkey..........................................0 21 65 79 71 00 Ukraine ........................................8 80 05 01 00 00 United Arab Emirates........................0 43 66 03 86 United Kingdom ...........................0 87 05 33 44 11 USA .............................................1 88 87 77 02 11 Vietnam...........................................84 89 30 01 21 Zimbabwe ............................................04 36 94 24 m f
. e n
i l t o H A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (119) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:25) Care and maintenance 119 Do not drop, knock or shake your phone. Rough handling can dam-
age components inside the device!
Do not use harsh chemicals, clean-
ing solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone!
The suggestions given above apply equally to your phone, battery, charger and all accessories. If any of these parts are not working properly, take them to your nearest qualified service outlet. The personnel there will assist you and, if necessary, repair the device. Care and maintenance Your phone has been designed and crafted with great care and attention and should also be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to enjoy your phone for many years. Protect your phone from moisture and humidity! Precipitation, humidity and liquids contain min-
erals that will corrode electronic circuits. Should your phone none-
theless become wet, disconnect it immediately from any power sup-
ply, remove the battery and leave the open phone to dry at room temperature!
Do not use or store the phone in dusty, dirty areas. Its moving parts may become damaged. Do not store your phone in hot areas. High temperatures can shorten the life of electronic devices, damage batteries and warp or melt certain plastics. Do not store your phone in cold areas. When the phone warms up again (to its normal ambient tem-
perature), moisture can form inside the phone, which may dam-
age electronic components. m i
f
. e c n a n e t n a M A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (120) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (17.05.2004, 16:44) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 120 Product data Product data Declaration of conformity Siemens Information and Communi-
cation mobile hereby declares that the phone described in this user guide is in compliance with the essential requirements and other rel-
evant provisions of European Direc-
tive 1999/5/EC (R&TTE). The declara-
tion of conformity (DoC) concerned has been signed. Please call the com-
pany hotline if you require a copy of the original, or:
www.siemens-mobile.com/conformity Technical data GSM class:
Frequency range:
GSM class:
Frequency range:
GSM class:
Frequency range:
Weight:
Size:
Li-Ion battery:
Operating temperature:
SIM card:
4 (2 watt) 880960 MHz 1 (1 watt) 1,7101,880 MHz 1 (1 watt) 1,8501,990 MHz 86 g 105 47 18 mm
(75.6 ccm) 600 mAh 10 C to 55 C 3.0 V Phone ID You will need the following details if you lose your phone or SIM card:
the number of the SIM card (on the card):
................................................................... 15-digit serial number of the phone
(under the battery):
................................................................... the customer service number of the service provider:
................................................................... Lost phone If you lose your phone or SIM card contact your service provider immediately to pre-
vent misuse. Operating times The operating time depends upon the respective conditions of use. Extreme temperatures considerably reduce the phones standby time. Avoid placing the phone in the sun or on a heater. Talktime: 100 to 300 minutes Standby time: 60 to 250 hours Action taken Time
(min) 1 1 1 Calling Light *
Network search
* Keypad input, games, organiser etc. Reduction of stand-
by time by 3090 minutes 40 minutes 510 minutes m
f
. a t a D _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (121) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 U.S. FDA 121 been done to address these ques-
tions, no clear picture of the biologi-
cal effects of this type of radiation has emerged to date. Thus, the avail-
able science does not allow us to conclude that mobile phones are absolutely safe, or that they are unsafe. However, the available sci-
entific evidence does not demon-
strate adverse health effects associ-
ated with the use of mobile phones. What kinds of phones are in question?
Questions have been raised about hand-held mobile phones, the kind that have a built-in antenna that is positioned close to the user's head during normal telephone conversa-
tion. These types of mobile phones are of concern because of the short distance between the phone's antenna the primary source of the RF and the person's head. The exposure to RF from mobile phones in which the antenna is located at greater distances from the user (on the outside of a car, for example) is drastically lower than that from hand-held phones, because a per-
son's RF exposure decreases rapidly with distance from the source. The safety of so-called cordless phones, which have a base unit connected to the telephone wiring in a house and which operate at far lower power levels and frequencies, has not been questioned. The U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration's (FDA) Center for Devices and Radiological Health Consumer Update on Mobile Phones FDA has been receiving inquiries about the safety of mobile phones, including cellular phones and PCS phones. The following summarizes what is know and what remains unknown about whether these products can pose a hazard to health, and what can be done to minimize any potential risk. This information may be used to respond to questions. Why the concern?
Mobile phones emit low levels of radio frequency energy (i.e., radio frequency radiation) in the micro-
wave range while being used. They also emit very low levels of radio fre-
quency energy (RF), considered non-
significant, when in the stand-by mode. It is well known that high lev-
els of RF can produce biological dam-
age through heating effects (this is how your microwave oven is able to cook food). However, it is not known whether, to what extent, or through what mechanism, lower levels of RF might cause adverse health effects as well. Although some research has U.S. FDA m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (122) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 122 U.S. FDA How much evidence is there that hand-
held mobile phones might be harmful?
Briefly, there is not enough evidence to know for sure, either way; how-
ever, research efforts are on-going. The existing scientific evidence is conflicting and many of the studies that have been done to date have suffered from flaws in their research methods. Animal experiments inves-
tigating the effects of RF exposures characteristic of mobile phones have yielded conflicting results. A few ani-
mal studies, however, have sug-
gested that low levels of RF could accelerate the development of can-
cer in laboratory animals. In one study, mice genetically altered to be predisposed to developing one type of cancer developed more than twice as many such cancers when they were exposed to RF energy compared to controls. There is much uncertainty among scientists about whether results obtained from ani-
mal studies apply to the use of mobile phones. First, it is uncertain how to apply the results obtained in rats and mice to humans. Second, many of the studies showed increased tumor development used animals that had already been treated with cancer-causing chemi-
cals, and other studies exposed the animals to the RF virtually continu-
ously up to 22 hours per day. For the past five years in the United States, the mobile phone industry has supported research into the safety of mobile phones. This research has resulted in two findings in particular that merit additional study:
1. In a hospital-based, case-control study, researchers looked for an association between mobile phone use and either glioma (a type of brain cancer) or acoustic neuroma
(a benign tumor of the nerve sheath). No statistically significant association was found between mobile phone use and acoustic neu-
roma. There was also no association between mobile phone use and glio-
mas when all types of gliomas were considered together. It should be noted that the average length of mobile phone exposure in this study was less than three years. When 20 types of glioma were con-
sidered separately, however, an association was found between mobile phone use and one rare type of glioma, neuroepithelliomatous tumors. It is possible with multiple comparisons of the same sample that this association occurred by chance. Moreover, the risk did not increase with how often the mobile phone was used, or the length of the calls. In fact, the risk actually decreased with cumulative hours of mobile phone use. Most cancer caus-
ing agents increase risk with increased exposure. An ongoing study of brain cancers by the m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (123) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) National Cancer Institute is expected to bear on the accuracy and repeat-
ability of these results.1 2. Researchers conducted a large battery of laboratory tests to assess the effects of exposure to mobile phone RF on genetic material. These included tests for several kinds of abnormalities, including mutations, chromosomal aberrations, DNA strand breaks, and structural changes in the genetic material of blood cells called lymphocytes. None of the tests showed any effect of the RF except for the micronucleus assay, which detects structural effects on the genetic material. The cells in this assay showed changes after exposure to simulated cell phone radiation, but only after 24 hours of exposure. It is possible that exposing the test cells to radia-
tion for this long resulted in heating. Since this assay is known to be sensi-
tive to heating, heat alone could have caused the abnormalities to occur. The data already in the litera-
ture on the response of the micronu-
cleus assay to RF are conflicting. Thus follow-up research is neces-
sary. 2 FDA is currently working with gov-
ernment, industry, and academic groups to ensure the proper follow-
up to these industry-funded research findings. Collaboration with the Cel-
lular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA) in particular is expected to lead to FDA providing U.S. FDA 123 research recommendations and sci-
entific oversight of new CTIA-funded research based on such recommen-
dations. Two other studies of interest have been reported recently in the litera-
ture:
Two groups of 18 people were exposed to simulated mobile phone signals under laboratory conditions while they performed cognitive function tests. There were no changes in the subjects'
ability to recall words, numbers, or pictures, or in their spatial memory, but they were able to make choices more quickly in one visual test when they were exposed to simulated mobile phone signals. This was the only change noted among more than 20 variables compared.3 In a study of 209 brain tumor cases and 425 matched controls, there was no increased risk of brain tumors associated with mobile phone use. When tumors did exist in certain locations, how-
ever, they were more likely to be on the side of the head where the mobile phone was used. Because this occurred in only a small num-
ber of cases, the increased likeli-
hood was too small to be statisti-
cally significant.4 In summary, we do not have enough information at this point to assure the public that there are, or are not, m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (124) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 124 U.S. FDA any low incident health problems associated with use of mobile phones. FDA continues to work with all parties, including other federal agencies and industry, to assure that research is undertaken to provide the necessary answers to the out-
standing questions about the safety of mobile phones. What is known about cases of human cancer that have been reported in users of hand-held mobile phones?
Some people who have used mobile phones have been diagnosed with brain cancer. But it is important to understand that this type of cancer also occurs among people who have not used mobile phones. In fact, brain cancer occurs in the U.S. popu-
lation at a rate of about 6 new cases per 100,000 people each year. At that rate, assuming 80 million users of mobile phones (a number increas-
ing at a rate of about 1 million per month), about 4800 cases of brain cancer would be expected each year among those 80 million people, whether or not they used their phones. Thus it is not possible to tell whether any individual's cancer arose because of the phone, or whether it would have happened anyway. A key question is whether the risk of getting a particular form of cancer is greater among people who use mobile phones than among the rest of the population. One way to answer that question is to com-
pare the usage of mobile phones among people with brain cancer with the use of mobile phones among appropriately matched peo-
ple without brain cancer. This is called a case-control study. The cur-
rent case-control study of brain can-
cers by the National Cancer Institute, as well as the follow-up research to be sponsored by industry, will begin to generate this type of information. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of mobile phones?
Under the law, FDA does not review the safety of radiation emitting con-
sumer products such as mobile phones before marketing, as it does with new drugs or medical devices. However, the agency has authority to take action if mobile phones are shown to emit radiation at a level that is hazardous to the user. In such a case, FDA could require the manu-
facturers of mobile phones to notify users of the health hazard and to repair, replace or recall the phones so that the hazard no longer exists. Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions at this time, FDA has urged the mobile phone industry to take a number of steps to assure public safety. The agency has recom-
mended that the industry:
Support needed research into pos-
sible biological effects of RF of the type emitted by mobile phones;
m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (125) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Design mobile phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user that is not necessary for device function; and Cooperate in providing mobile phone users with the best possible information on what is known about possible effects of mobile phone use on human health. At the same time, FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the federal agencies that have responsibility for different aspects of mobile phone safety to ensure a coordinated effort at the federal level. These agencies are:
National Institute for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health Environmental Protection Agency Federal Communications Com-
mission Occupational Health and Safety Administration National Telecommunications and Information Administration The National Institutes of Health also participates in this group. In the absence of conclusive information about any possible risk, what can con-
cerned individuals do?
If there is a risk from these products and at this point we do not know that there is it is probably very small. But if people are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, U.S. FDA 125 there are simple steps they can take to do so. For example, time is a key factor in how much exposure a per-
son receives. Those persons who spend long periods of time on their hand-held mobile phones could con-
sider holding lengthy conversations on conventional phones and reserv-
ing the hand-held models for shorter conversations or for situations when other types of phones are not avail-
able. People who must conduct extended conversations in their cars every day could switch to a type of mobile phone that places more distance between their bodies and the source of the RF, since the exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. For example, they could switch to:
a mobile phone in which the antenna is located outside the vehicle, a hand-held phone with a built-in antenna connected to a different antenna mounted on the outside of the car or built into a separate package, or a headset with a remote antenna to a mobile phone carried at the waist. Where can I find additional information?
For additional information, see the following websites:
Federal Communications Com-
mission (FCC) RF Safety Program
(select Information on Human m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (126) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 126 U.S. FDA Exposure to RF Fields from Cellular and PCS Radio Transmitters):
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety World Health Organization (WHO) International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection
(select Qs & As):
http://www.who.int/emf United Kingdom, National Radio-
logical Protection Board:
http://www.nrpb.org.uk Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA):
http://www.wow-com.com U.S. Food and Drug Administra-
tion (FDA) Center for devices and Radiological Health:
http://www.fda.gov/cdhr/consumer/
1 Muscat et al. Epidemiological Study of Cellular Telephone Use and Malignant Brain Tumors. In: State of the Science Sympo-
sium; 1999 June 20; Long Beach, California. 2 Tice et al. Tests of mobile phone signals for activity in genotoxicity and other laboratory assays. In: Annual Meeting of the Environ-
mental Mutagen Society; March 29, 1999, Washington, DC; and personal communica-
tion, unpublished results. 3 Preece, AW, Iwi, G, Davies-Smith, A, Wesnes, K, Butler, S, Lim, E, and Varey, A. Effect of a 915- MHz simulated mobile phone signal on cognitive function in man. Int. J. Radiat. Biol., April 8, 1999. 4 Hardell, L, Nasman, A, Pahlson, A, Hallquist, A and Mild, KH. Use of cellular telephones and the risk for brain tumors;
a case-control study. Int. J. Oncol, 15:
113-116, 1999. m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (127) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) FCC/Industry Canada Notice 127 FCC/Industry Canada Notice Your phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, please con-
tact your local service facility. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m f
. A D F
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (128) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Ten driving safety tips
V A R L a n g u a g e
a m V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 128 Ten driving safety tips Your Siemens wireless phone gives you the power to communicate by voice almost anywhere, anytime. But an important responsibility accompanies the benefits of wireless phones, one that every user must uphold. When driving a car, driving is your first responsibility. When using your wireless phone behind the wheel of a car, practice good common sense and remember the following tips:
Get to know your phone and its features such as speed dial and redial. Carefully read your instruction man-
ual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most phones offer including, automatic redial and memory dial most phones can store up to 99 numbers in memory dial. Also, work to memorize the phone keypad so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road. When available, use a hands-free device. A number of hands-free wireless phone accessories are readily avail-
able today. Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your phone or a speaker phone accessory, take advantage of these devices if they are available to you. Position your phone within easy reach. Make sure you place your wireless phone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road. If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time, let your voicemail answer it for you. Suspend conversations during hazard-
ous driving conditions or situations. Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving; if necessary, suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions. Rain, sleet, snow and ice can be hazard-
ous, but so is heavy traffic. As a driver, your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road. Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving. If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a car, or writing a to do list, then you are not watching where you are going. Its common sense. Dont get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehi-
cles. m i
f
. s p T _ g n i v i r D A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (129) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Dial sensibly and assess the traffic. If possible, place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic. Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip, or attempt to coincide your calls with times you may be stopped at a stop sign, red light or otherwise stationary. But if you need to dial while driving, follow this simple tip dial only a few num-
bers, check the road and your mir-
rors, then continue. Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting. Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix they are dis-
tracting and even dangerous when you are behind the wheel. Make peo-
ple you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary, suspend phone conversations that have the potential to divert your attention from the road. Use your phone to call for help. Your wireless phone is one of the greatest tools you can own to pro-
tect yourself and your family in dan-
gerous situations with your phone at your side, help is only three num-
bers away. Dial 9-1-1 in the case of fire, traffic accident, road hazard, or medical emergency. Remember, it is a free call on your wireless phone. Ten driving safety tips 129 Use your phone to help others in emergencies. Your wireless phone provides you a perfect opportunity to be a good Samaritan in your community. If you see an auto accident, crime in progress or other serious emergen-
cies where lives are in danger, call 9-1-1, as you would want others to do for you. Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non-emergency assistance number when necessary. Certain situations you encounter while driving may require attention, but are not urgent enough to merit a call to 9-1-1. But you can still use your wireless phone to lend a hand. If you see a broken-down vehicle posing no serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured, or a vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside assistance or other special non-emergency wireless numbers. The wireless industry reminds you to use your phone safely when driving. For more information, please call 1 (888) 901-SAFE, or visit our Web site at: www.wow-com.com Provided by the Cellular Telecommunica-
tions Industry Association (CTIA) m i
f
. s p T _ g n i v i r D A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (130) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Intellectual property
V A R L a n g u a g e
a m V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 130 Intellectual property Intellectual Property Restrictions All Intellectual Property, as defined below, which is owned by or other-
wise the property of Siemens Infor-
mation and Communications Mobile, LLC ("Siemens"), its affili-
ates, partners or suppliers, relating to the Phone, including but not lim-
ited to accessories, parts or software relating thereto (the Phone Sys-
tem), is proprietary under federal laws, state laws and International treaty provisions. Intellectual Prop-
erty includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or unpatent-
able), patents, trade secrets, copy-
rights, software, computer pro-
grams, and related documentation and other works of authorship. You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) disassemble, decompile, reverse engineer, prepare derivative works from, modify or make any other effort to create source code from the software. No title to ownership in the Intellectual Property is trans-
ferred to you through purchase or possession of the Phone or its com-
ponents. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall remain with Siemens, its affiliates, partners or suppliers. Siemens will have no liability with respect to any claim of patent infringement which is based upon the combination of the Product or parts furnished hereunder with soft-
ware, apparatus or devices not fur-
nished by Siemens, nor will Siemens have any liability for the use of ancil-
lary equipment or software not fur-
nished by Siemens which is attached to or used in connection with the Product, The foregoing states the entire liability of Siemens with respect to infringement of patents by the Product or any parts thereof. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Siemens cer-
tain exclusive rights for copyrighted Siemens software, such as the exclu-
sive rights to reproduce and distrib-
ute copies of such Siemens software. Siemens software may be used only in the Product in which the software was originally embodied when pur-
chased, and such software in such Product may not be replaced, cop-
ied, distributed. modified in any way, or used to produce any deriva-
tive thereof. No other use including, without limitation, alteration, modi-
fication, reproduction, distribution. or reverse engineering of such Siemens software or exercise of rights in such Siemens software is permitted. No license is granted by implication, estoppel or otherwise under Siemens patent rights or copy-
rights. m f
. y t r e p o r p _ a u t c e l l l e t n I
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (131) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Accessories Fashion & Carry CLIPit covers Changeable faceplates as well as keypads are available in specialist shops. Alterna-
tively, you can visit our online shop. Carrying Cases A range of carrying cases is available at spe-
cialist shops or you can visit the Siemens Mobile Store online:
Original Siemens Accessories www.siemens-mobile.com/
shop Energy Li-Ion battery (600 mAh) EBA-670 Spare battery Travel Charger Travel Charger ETC-500 (EU) Travel Charger ETC-510 (UK) Travel charger with an extended input voltage range of 100240 V. Car Charger Plus ECC-600 Charger for the cigarette lighter socket in the car. It is possible to make phone calls during charging. Accessories 131 Handsfree Portable Headset PTT HHS-510 Headset PTT HHS-610 Headset Purestyle HHS-610 Headset with PTT key to accept and end calls Office Data Cable DCA-500 For connecting the phone to the serial RS232 port of the PC. Data Cable USB DCA-540 For connecting the phone to the USB port of the PC. With load function. SyncStation DSC-600 Table support for the phone to facilitate simultaneous data exchange and telephone charging. Contains a desktop stand and a data cable USB. Multitainment Plug-in Flash IFL-600 Plug-in flash module for taking photos in areas with low ambient light. m
f
. y r o s s e c c A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (132) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 132 Accessories Car Solutions Mobile Holder HMH-680 Cradle without antenna port. Mobile Holder HMH-685 The cradle for connecting an external antenna. Ideal for use with headset PTT or car kit portable. Can also be used as cradle for retrofitting your handsfree car kit (series 55). Car Kit Comfort HKC-680 Handsfree kit with first-class digital call qual-
ity and supreme ease of use. Includes all components needed for installation. The individual antenna solution is available in specialist shops. Car Kit Easy HKP-600 Facilitates convenient handsfree talking with high call quality. With the integrated, rotating cradle and the flexible microphone position-
ing, the phone can be optimally adjusted to suit any vehicle interior. The power is sup-
plied via the cigarette lighter socket. Optional Car Kit accessories Car Data Adapter HKO-690 Phone-in Adapter HKO-570 Products can be obtained in specialist shops or you can visit the Siemens Mobile Store online:
Original Siemens Accessories www.siemens-mobile.com/
shop m
f
. y r o s s e c c A _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i left page (133) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Quality 133 Display quality statement For technological reasons, some small dots in other colours may appear in the display in rare cases. Please remember that if some dots appear brighter or darker in the dis-
play, this generally does not mean that a fault has occurred. Quality Battery quality statement The capacity of your mobile phone battery will reduce each time it is charged/emptied. Storage at too high or low temperatures will also result in a gradual capacity loss. As a result the operating time of your mobile phone may be considerably reduced, even after a full recharge of the battery. Regardless of this, the battery has been designed and manufactured so that it can be recharged and used for six months after the purchase of your mobile phone. After six months, if the battery is clearly suffering from loss of performance, we recommend that you replace it. Please buy only Siemens original batteries. V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 m f
. y t i l
a u Q A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (134) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (18.05.2004, 12:09) 134 SAR (C65) SAR (C65) RF EXPOSURE/SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATE (SAR) INFORMATION THIS SIEMENS C65 PHONE MEETS THE GOVERNMENT'S REQUIRE-
MENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO ELECTRO-
MAGNETIC FIELDS. Your cell phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and man-
ufactured not to exceed the emis-
sion limits for exposure to radio fre-
quency (RF) energy established by the Federal Communications Com-
mission (FCC) of the U.S. Govern-
ment and by Health Canada. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines were developed and confirmed by inde-
pendent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough eval-
uation of scientific studies*. The lim-
its include a substantial safety mar-
gin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for cell phones employs a unit of measure-
ment known as the Specific Absorp-
tion Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit established by the FCC and by Health Canada is 1.6 W/kg**. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard oper-
ating positions accepted by the FCC and by Industry Canada with the phone transmitting at its highest cer-
tified power level in all tested fre-
quency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base sta-
tion, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and the manufacturer must certify to the FCC and Industry Canada that it does not exceed the limit estab-
lished by each government for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (e.g., at the ear and worn on the body), reported to the FCC and available for review by Industry Canada. The highest SAR value for this Siemens C65 when tested for use at the ear is 0.58 W/kg***
and when worn on the body+ is 0.79 W/kg***
Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications Internet Association (CTIA) web-site at www.phonefacts.net or the Cana-
dian Wireless Telecommunications Association (CWTA) website www.cwta.ca m f
. R A S
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (135) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (18.05.2004, 12:09) SAR (C65) 135 SAR information on this Siemens C65 phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID PWX-C65. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, all Siemens products meet the govern-
mental requirements for safe RF exposure.
For body worn operation, this mobile phone has been tested and meets FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with a Siemens accessory designated for this prod-
uct, where available, or when used with a carry accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset at least 22 mm/
0.87 in is the correct testing distance from the body. Use of other carry accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines.
The World Health Organization (WHO, CH-1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland), on the basis of the actual knowledge, does not see any necessity for special precautionary mea-
sures when using cell phones. Further information:
www.who.int/peh-emf www.mmfai.org www.siemens-mobile.com
*** SAR values may vary depending on national requirements and network bands. SAR information for different regions can be found at siemens-mobile.com averaged over 1 g of tissue. m f
. R A S
A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (136) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 136 Menu tree Menu tree Default book > Show entries
<New entry>
Business card Groups Default book
<Info numbers>
Call records
> Missed calls Calls received Calls dialed Delete records Time/charges
> All calls All incom.calls All outgoing Remain. units Charge setting
> URL/service provider Games Applications Download wiz. Bookmarks Internet Surf & fun Camera Messages
> Create new
> SMS MMS Inst. Msg.
> Charge/Unit Charge limit Auto display m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (137) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Menu tree 137
> SMS MMS WAP push CB services
> SMS MMS
> SMS MMS
> SMS MMS
> SMS MMS Voice message CB services WAP push Messages
> Inbox Draft Unsent Sent items MMS template SMS archive Text modules Msg settings Organizer
> Calendar Appointments Tasks Notes Missed appts. Dictation mac
> SMS profiles SMS signature
> MMS profile:
User settings Help
> Receive CB Topic list CB languages
> Help Sec.settings m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (138) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 138 Menu tree Organizer
> Time zones Calend. setup Extras My stuff Setup
> SIM services Alarm clock Sound recorder Calc. Unit converter Stopwatch Countdown Remote sync.
> Profiles Topics Display
> T9 preferred Input language
> Language Text input Wallpaper Logo Color setting Screensaver Start up anim. Shutdn anim. Greeting Large letters Illumination Ring tones
> Ringer setting Silent alert m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (139) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Menu tree 139
> Incoming call Messages Alarm clock Organizer System Applications
> Messages Alarm clock Organizer Startup melody Shutdown mel. Sound recorder
> All calls Not reachable No reply Busy Receiving data Status check Clear all Setup
> Ring tones
> Volume d Calls Group calls Other calls More melodies Call setup
> Hide ID Call waiting Divert Phone setup Call screening Any key Minute beep
> Key tones Info tones Automatic switch off Phone identity Memory assis. m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (140) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) 140 Menu tree Setup
> Phone setup
> My stuff
> Format Clean up Clock Connectivity Security Master reset
> Time/date Time zones Date format Time format Buddhist year Show clock Auto time zone
> GPRS GPRS info IrDA Data services HTTP profile Authentication
> Auto key lock Direct call Only Codes This SIM only Barring
> PIN control Change PIN Change PIN2 Chg.phonecode
> All outgoing Outgo internat Out.int.x home All incoming When roaming Status check Clear all m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (141) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:26) Setup
> Network
> Line Network info Choose netwrk Auto network Preferred net Band selection Fast search User group Accessories
> Car Kit Menu tree 141
> Select line Protected
> 900 1800 1900
> Active Select group All outgoing Pref. group
> Auto answer Automatic switch off Car loudspk. Headset
> Auto answer m
f
. e e r T u n e M _ 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (142) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) 142 Index Index A Accessories............................... 131 Addressbook Dial entry................................ 36 Groups ................................... 37 New entry............................... 34 Read entry .............................. 36 Aircraft mode ............................. 75 Alarm Alarm clock........................... 103 Type ....................................... 98 Alarm clock .............................. 103 All calls (call time/charge) ........... 42 All calls (diversion) ..................... 82 All incoming (barrings) ............... 89 Answering service (external)....... 60 Any to answer ............................ 82 Appointments ............................ 97 Auto display Clock ...................................... 85 Duration/charges .................... 42 Auto key lock........................ 10, 88 Auto time zone................... 85, 101 Auto. network selection.............. 90 Auto. redial ................................ 28 Automobile accessories ............ 132 B Band selection ............................ 91 Battery Charge.................................... 14 Insert...................................... 13 Operating times.............. 14, 120 Quality Declaration ............... 133 Big letters................................... 78 Bookmarks (WAP) ................. 69, 71 Browser...................................... 70 Buddh. year................................ 85 Business card .............................. 33 Busy number............................... 28 C Calculator ................................. 105 Calendar ..................................... 96 Call Accept/end.............................. 29 Barring.................................... 89 Charges................................... 42 Conference ............................. 31 Divert...................................... 81 End ......................................... 28 Hold........................................ 30 Menu ...................................... 31 Reject...................................... 29 Swap (change) ........................ 30 Call back ..................................... 29 Call divert ................................... 81 Call screening ............................. 82 Call transfer ................................ 31 Call waiting........................... 30, 81 Calling ........................................ 28 Calls dialled (call record) ............. 41 Calls received (call record)........... 41 Camera....................................... 43 Car Kit Accessories ........................... 132 Setting .................................... 92 Car kit accessories..................... 132 Care of phone ........................... 119 Cell Broadcast (CB)...................... 68 Change the keypad mat .............. 15 Changing the faceplate ....... 15, 131 Changing the keypad .......... 15, 131 Charge rate................................. 42 Charges ...................................... 42 Charging the battery ................... 14 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (143) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) CLIPIt covers ............................ 15 Clock.......................................... 85 Colour skin ................................. 77 Conference................................. 31 Connection profiles .................... 86 Connectivity ............................... 86 Contact list ................................. 62 Control code (DTMF) .................. 32 Countdown .............................. 107 Credit limit ................................. 42 CSD settings ............................... 87 Currency .................................. 106 Customer care .......................... 117 D Date format................................ 85 Default book .............................. 33 Delete assistant .......................... 83 Dialling code .............................. 28 Dialling with number keys .......... 28 Dictating machine .................... 100 Digital rights management ......... 17 Direct reply (SMS)....................... 50 Display Illumination ............................ 78 Language ............................... 77 Symbols.................................. 11 Wallpaper ............................... 77 Divert ......................................... 81 Download .................................. 72 Driving safety ........................... 128 DTMF codes (control codes)........ 32 Duration/charges ........................ 42 E Emergency number .................... 16 Extras....................................... 103 F Fast access ................................. 94 Fast search ................................. 91 Index 143 Formatting (phone memory)....... 84 Formatting (SMS text)................. 46 Forwarding (call)......................... 31 Frequency range ......................... 91 G Games and applications .............. 72 GPRS........................................... 86 Groups........................................ 37 H Handset volume.......................... 28 Handsfree talking........................ 30 Headset Accessories ........................... 131 Setting .................................... 92 Hide ID ....................................... 81 Highlighting mode ...................... 20 Hold call ............................... 30, 31 Home network............................ 90 Hotline ..................................... 117 HTTP........................................... 87 I Identity number (IMEI) ................ 83 IMEI number ............................... 83 Inbox .......................................... 45 Info tones ................................... 83 Information services (CB) ............ 68 Infrared ...................................... 86 Infrared (IrDA) ............................ 86 Input language (T9) .................... 24 Inst. Message.............................. 61 International dialling code........... 29 Internet ...................................... 69 J Joystick......................................... 9 K Key tones.................................... 83 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (144) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) 144 Index L Language ................................... 77 Limit (call time/charge)............... 42 Logo........................................... 77 Loss of phone, SIM card ............ 120 M Mailbox ...................................... 60 Maintenance of phone.............. 119 Master reset ............................... 84 Media player ............................ 102 Menu Controls.................................. 18 My menu ................................ 93 Speed dialling ......................... 21 Menu speed dialling ................... 20 Menu tree ................................ 136 Message CB .......................................... 68 MMS....................................... 52 SMS.................................. 46, 48 Message memory full. ............... 51 Message type ............................. 50 Microphone on/off...................... 31 Minute beep............................... 82 Missed appointments ................. 99 Missed calls (call record) ............. 41 MMS Lists........................................ 57 Receive................................... 56 Send....................................... 55 Write ...................................... 52 Mobile Phone Manager............. 111 Muting (microphone) ................. 31 My menu.................................... 93 My phone................................... 27 My stuff.................................... 109 N Network Barring.................................... 89 Connection ............................. 90 Settings .................................. 90 Notes.......................................... 99 O One number only........................ 32 Only ..................................... 88 Operating times (battery).... 14, 120 Organiser.................................... 96 Own (phone) numbers................ 40 Own greeting.............................. 78 P Phone (settings).......................... 83 Phone code................................. 21 Phone data ............................... 120 Phone identity number (IMEI)...... 83 Phone number memo ................. 29 Phone number transmission on/off...................................... 81 Phonebook Call an entry............................ 39 New entry ............................... 38 Protected SIM.......................... 40 Special books .......................... 40 VIP numbers............................ 40 Photo.......................................... 43 Pictures & sounds (SMS).............. 47 PIN Change ................................... 21 Control.................................... 21 Enter....................................... 16 Error ..................................... 116 PIN2 ........................................... 21 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (145) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) Index 145 Preferred network....................... 90 Preventing accidental activation ............................... 22 Product data............................. 120 Profiles MMS....................................... 58 Phone..................................... 74 SMS........................................ 50 WAP ....................................... 71 Prompt ....................................... 29 Provider logo .............................. 77 PUK, PUK2 .................................. 21 Q Questions & Answers................ 114 R Records ...................................... 41 Redial......................................... 28 Reminder ................................... 29 Remote synchronisation ........... 107 Ringer setting ............................. 79 Ringtones............................. 37, 79 S Safety precautions........................ 3 Screensaver................................ 77 Second phone number ............... 90 Security...................................... 21 Security codes ............................ 21 Service centre (SMS)................... 50 Service supplier portal ................ 27 Service tones.............................. 83 Set time/date.............................. 85 Settings...................................... 74 Short message (SMS).................. 46 Shown in the display .................. 11 Shut down animation ................. 78 Siemens City Portal..................... 27 Signal strength ........................... 17 Silent alert.................................. 79 SIM card Clear barring ........................... 22 Insert ...................................... 13 Phonebook.............................. 40 Problems............................... 114 SIM services (optional) .............. 103 SMS Archive ................................... 49 Lists ........................................ 49 Profiles.................................... 50 Read ....................................... 48 Settings .................................. 50 Signature ................................ 50 T9 input .................................. 24 To group ................................. 47 Write....................................... 46 SMS push.................................... 45 Software version......................... 83 SOS ........................................ 8, 16 Sound recorder ......................... 104 Special books .............................. 40 Special characters ....................... 23 Speech time (battery) ............... 120 Speed dialling keys...................... 95 Standard functions...................... 19 Standby mode ............................ 17 Standby time ...................... 14, 120 Start up animation ...................... 78 Stopwatch ................................ 106 Storage location (Phonebook) ..... 38 Surf & fun ................................... 69 Swap .......................................... 30 Switch off phone Automatic ............................... 83 Manually................................. 16 Switch on phone......................... 16 Symbols...................................... 11 Synchronisation ........................ 107 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i V A R L a n g u a g e
a m
V A R i s s u e d a t e
0 4 0 3 1 7 left page (146) of C65 Hera FUG us, A31008-H7800-A40-1-4A19 (01.04.2004, 17:54) 146 Index T T9 text input............................... 24 Tasks.......................................... 99 Technical data .......................... 120 Text entry With T9................................... 24 Without T9 ............................. 23 Text modules.............................. 26 Themes ...................................... 76 This SIM only .............................. 88 Time zones....................16, 85, 101 U Unanswered ............................... 81 Unit converter .......................... 105 Upper and lowercase letters
(T9) ........................................ 23 User group ................................. 91 V Validity, SMS .............................. 50 Voice message (mailbox) ............ 60 Volume Handset volume...................... 28 Profiles ................................... 74 Ringtone................................. 79 W Wallpaper (display)..................... 77 WAP ........................................... 69 m
f
. X I S 5 6 C A L
s u
a r e H 5 6 C
s e n o h P e l i b o M i
s n e m e S
g a r t f u A
E
, 3 0 0 2 G A s n e m e S i
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2005-03-23 | 1850.2 ~ 1909.8 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | Original Equipment |
2 | 2004-11-12 | 1850.2 ~ 1909.8 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment |
3 | 2004-06-04 | 1850.2 ~ 1909.8 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | Original Equipment |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 | Effective |
2005-03-23
|
||||
1 2 3 |
2004-11-12
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
2004-06-04
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
BenQ Mobile GmbH & Co. OHG
|
||||
1 2 3 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0014952428
|
||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
Haidenauplatz 1
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Munich, N/A 81667
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
Germany
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 | TCB Application Email Address |
j******@ict.cetecom.de
|
||||
1 2 3 |
g******@ict.cetecom.de
|
|||||
1 2 3 | TCB Scope |
B1: Commercial mobile radio services equipment in the following 47 CFR Parts 20, 22 (cellular), 24,25 (below 3 GHz) & 27
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 | Grantee Code |
PWX
|
||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Product Code |
C65
|
||||
1 2 3 |
C65
|
|||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Name |
D**** W****
|
||||
1 2 3 | Title |
Engineering Manager
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
+49 8********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
+49 8********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
m******@benq.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | No | |||||
1 2 3 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Class | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | ||||
1 2 3 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | GSM 900/1800/1900 Mobile Phone | ||||
1 2 3 | GSM 900/1800/100 Mobile Phone | |||||
1 2 3 | GSM 1900 Mobile Phone | |||||
1 2 3 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 3 | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment | |||||
1 2 3 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Grant Comments | Power listed is EIRP. This filing is only applicable for GSM 1900 operations. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configuration tested for filing. Push-and-talk over cellular (PoC) operating configuration is based on a separation distance of 25 mm between the front of the unit and the body to the user. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic and a minimum distance of 22 mm to the body. End-users must be provided with the appropriate information for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Highest reported SAR values are: Head: 0.353 W/kg, Body: 0.326 W/kg. This mobile contains 900 MHz and 1800 MHz function that is not operational in U.S. Territories. | ||||
1 2 3 | PCII to add PoC Function to previous filing. Power listed is EIRP. This filing is only applicable for GSM 1900 operations. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configuration tested for filing. Push-and-talk over cellular (PoC) operating configuration is based on a separation distance of 25 mm between the front of the unit and the body to the user. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic and a minimum distance of 22 mm to the body. End-users must be provided with the appropriate information for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Highest reported SAR values are: Head: 0.582 W/kg, Body: 0.791 W/kg. This mobile contains 900 MHz and 1800 MHz function that is not operational in U.S. Territories. | |||||
1 2 3 | Power listed is EIRP. This filing is only applicable for GSM 1900 operations. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configuration tested for filing. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic and a minimum distance of 22 mm to the body. End-users must be provided with the appropriate information for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Highest reported SAR values are: Head: 0.582 W/kg, Body: 0.791 W/kg. This mobile contains 900 MHz and 1800 MHz function that is not operational in U.S. Territories. | |||||
1 2 3 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Cetecom Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
L****** S****
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
408-5********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
510-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
l******@cetecomusa.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 24E | 1850.20000000 | 1909.80000000 | 0.8400000 | 0.0032000000 ppm | 300KGXW | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 24E | 1850.20000000 | 1909.80000000 | 0.7700000 | 0.0200000000 ppm | 300KGXW | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 24E | 1850.20000000 | 1909.80000000 | 0.7700000 | 0.0200000000 ppm | 300KGXW |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC